Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
Foreword
S35-D-110201-2C8F8855-48D9-450E-9DBD-72BB250FC3EB
Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN accessories with which your vehicle is could distract you.
owners. This vehicle is delivered to you with equipped.
. ALWAYS use your seat belts and
confidence. It was produced using the latest Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best. appropriate child restraint systems.
techniques and strict quality control. When you require any service or have any Pre-teen children should be seated
This manual was prepared to help you under- questions, we will be glad to assist you with the in the rear seat.
stand the operation and maintenance of your extensive resources available to us.
. ALWAYS provide information about
vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles of READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELY
S35-D-110201-B218D0A8-57A0-41E1-A4DD-B79D22675806 the proper use of vehicle safety
driving pleasure. Please read through this
Before driving your vehicle, read your Owner’s features to all occupants of the
manual before operating your vehicle.
Manual carefully. This will ensure familiarity with vehicle.
A separate Warranty Information Booklet controls and maintenance requirements, assist- . ALWAYS review this Owner’s Man-
explains details about the warranties cov- ing you in the safe operation of your vehicle. ual for important safety information.
ering your vehicle. The NISSAN Service
and Maintenance Guide explains details
about maintaining and servicing your ve- WARNING ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD
hicle. Additionally, a separate Customer DRIVING
Care/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) will IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION
REMINDERS FOR SAFETY! This vehicle will handle and maneuver
explain how to resolve any concerns you
differently from an ordinary passenger
may have with your vehicle, as well as Follow these important driving rules to car because it has a higher center of
clarify your rights under your state’s lemon help ensure a safe and comfortable trip gravity. As with other vehicles with fea-
law. for you and your passengers! tures of this type, failure to operate this
In addition to factory installed options, your vehicle correctly may result in loss of
. NEVER drive under the influence of
vehicle may also be equipped with additional control or an accident. Be sure to read
alcohol or drugs.
accessories installed by NISSAN or by your “On-pavement and off-road driving pre-
NISSAN dealer prior to delivery. It is important . ALWAYS observe posted speed lim-
cautions”, “Avoiding collision and roll-
that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures, its and never drive too fast for
over” and “Driving safety precautions” in
warnings, cautions and instructions concerning conditions.
the “5. Starting and driving” section of
proper use of such accessories prior to operat- . ALWAYS give your full attention to this manual.
ing the vehicle and/or accessory. See a NISSAN driving and avoid using vehicle
dealer for details concerning the particular features or taking other actions that
WHENS35-D-110201-41CBDCB4-5922-422C-A89A-4A85949C893D
READING THE MANUAL CAUTION
This manual includes information for all This is used to indicate the presence of SIC0697
options available on this model. Therefore, a hazard that could cause minor or
you may find some information that does moderate personal injury or damage to If you see the symbol above, it means “Do not
not apply to your vehicle. your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, do this” or “Do not let this happen”.
All information, specifications and illustrations in the procedures must be followed care-
this manual are those in effect at the time of fully. NOS1274
printing. NISSAN reserves the right to change
If you see a symbol similar to those above in an
specifications or design at any time without
illustration, it means the arrow points to the front
notice.
of the vehicle.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT
THIS MANUAL NOS1275
S35-D-110201-B6107263-0162-499E-BBDC-7A3AA04EA482
You will see various symbols in this manual. They Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those
are used in the following ways: above indicate movement or action.
NOS1276
In case of emergency 6
Index 10
SSI0348
1. Supplemental front-impact air bags (Page 1-39) supplemental air bags (P.1-39)
2. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air 6. Rear center seat belt (P.1-16)
bags (P.1-39) 7. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor)
3. Seat belts (P.1-10) — Advanced air bag system (P.1-45)
4. Head restraints (P.1-6) 8. Front seats (P.1-3)
— Front-seat Active Head Restraints (P.1-9) 9. Seat belt pretensioner (P.1-51)
5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover 10. Rear seats (P.1-6)
0-2 Illustrated table of contents
EXTERIOR FRONT
S35-D-110201-EC0978FC-F07A-49EA-9574-1FE5707C4FA0
9. Recovery hook (P.6-14)
10. License plate installation (P.9-11)
11. Fog lights*
— Switch operation (P.2-38)
— Bulb replacement (P.8-27)
12. Tires
— Wheel and tires (P.8-31, P.9-7)
— Flat tire (P.6-2)
— Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
(P.2-14, P.5-3)
13. Doors
— Keys (P.3-2)
— Door locks (P.3-4)
— Intelligent Key system* (P.3-10)
— Remote keyless entry system* (P.3-7)
— Security system (P.2-28)
14. Child safety rear door lock (P.3-6)
*: if so equipped
JVC0165X
EXTERIOR REAR
S35-D-110201-A327354A-0E76-48C0-B44E-12F48CC4E9C8
— Bulb replacement (P.8-27)
9. Rear combination light
— Bulb replacement (P.8-27)
10. Fuel-filler door
— Operation (P.3-22)
— Fuel recommendation (P.9-3)
*: if so equipped
SSI0762
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
S35-D-110201-D17BF6FB-2377-4353-8AA4-6003C390EDA9
10. Cargo area
— Storages (P.2-45)
— Luggage hooks (P.2-47)
— Cargo light (P.2-55)
— Spare tire (P.6-3)
11. Rear cup holders (P.2-42)
12. Console box (P.2-44)
— Power outlet* (P.2-41)
— iPod® or USB outlet connector* (P.4-45)
13. Front cup holders (P.2-42)
*: if so equipped
SSI0351
INSTRUMENT PANEL
S35-D-110201-8C8F180E-0520-4D0C-9AA2-07D387D3F374
7. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-31)
8. Center ventilator (P.4-23)
9. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.2-38)
10. Audio system (P.4-30)/Navigation system**
— Clock (P.4-7, P.4-41, P.4-49)
— Rear view monitor* (P.4-9)
— Around viewTM monitor* (P.4-14)
11. Front passenger supplemental air bag (P.1-39)
12. Outside remote mirror control switch (P.3-27)
13. Headlight aiming control* (P.2-37)
14. All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch* (P.5-22)
15. Fuse box cover (P.8-20)
16. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch
(P.2-41, P.5-29)
17. Hood release handle (P.3-20)
18. Tilting steering wheel lever (P.3-24)
19. Parking brake (P.5-18)
20. Ignition switch (P.5-10)
21. Heated seat switch* (P.2-39)
22. ’“Camera” Around viewTM monitor display switch*
(P.4-14)
23. Sport mode switch (P.5-16)
JVC0173X
24. Power outlet (P.2-41)
1. Side ventilator (P.4-23) 4. Steering wheel 25. Heater/air conditioner control (P.4-24)
2. Headlight, fog light* and turn signal switch — Horn (P.2-39) 26. Selector lever (P.5-13)
(P.2-34) — Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-39) 27. Front passenger air bag status light (P.1-46)
3. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)* — Electric power steering system (P.5-26) 28. Rear window and outside mirror* defroster switch
— Audio control* (P.4-64) 5. Meters and gauges (P.2-4) (P.2-33)
— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System con- 6. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side) 29. Glove box (P.2-44)
trol* (P.4-67) — Cruise control switches (P.5-19) *: if so equipped
SIC4507
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
S35-D-110201-9403BD0A-8FC0-4429-95F9-7EE0FBDAD869
SDI2127
QR25DE ENGINE
S35-D-110201-F5728C95-8AB7-4D3F-9C26-000F8895595E
1. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-9) 7. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-9)
2. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-11) 8. Radiator filler cap (P.8-7)
3. Air cleaner (P.8-16) — Vehicle overheat (P.6-11)
4. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-8) 9. Battery (P.8-13)
5. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-12) — Jump starting (P.6-9)
6. Engine drive belt location (P.8-15) 10. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-19)
SEATS
S35-D-110201-E7A0F37F-C118-45BC-AF57-B050BFBD9D51
CAUTION
SSS0133
When adjusting the seat positions, be
sure not to contact any moving parts to
avoid possible injuries and/or da-
well back in the seat with both feet mages.
WARNING on the floor and adjust the seat
properly. See “Precautions on seat
. Do not ride in a moving vehicle belt usage” later in this section.
when the seatback is reclined. This
. After adjustment, gently rock in the
can be dangerous. The shoulder belt
seat to make sure it is securely
will not be against your body. In an
locked.
accident, you could be thrown into it
and receive neck or other serious . Do not leave children unattended
injuries. You could also slide under inside the vehicle. They could un-
the lap belt and receive serious knowingly activate switches or con-
internal injuries. trols. Unattended children could
become involved in serious acci-
. For the most effective protection
dents.
when the vehicle is in motion, the
seat should be upright. Always sit
1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0792 SSS0793
FRONTS35-D-110201-0B2F8171-4FBB-4017-8E6D-A2ADBA98B68B
SEATS Seat lifter (if so equipped):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
seatback for occupants of different sizes for Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to
Front manual seat adjustment
S35-D-110201-39869990-85F6-41BF-8D6F-13366F5484E7 added comfort and to help obtain proper seat adjust the seat height until the desired position
Forward and backward:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 belt fit. (See “Precautions on seat belt usage” is achieved.
Pull the lever *
1 up and hold it while you slide later in this section.) Also, the seatback can be
the seat forward or backward to the desired reclined to allow occupants to rest when the Front power seat adjustment
S35-D-110201-E3D911AF-69FD-43AC-9099-E36EA61A5234
position. Release the lever to lock the seat in vehicle is stopped and the transmission in the P Operating tips:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
position. (Park) position with the parking brake fully . The seat motor has an auto-reset overload
applied. protection circuit. If the motor stops during
Reclining: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To recline the seatback, pull the lever * 2 up and operation, wait for a while, then reactivate
lean back. To bring the seatback forward, pull the switch.
the lever up and lean your body forward. Release . Do not operate the power seat for a long
the lever to lock the seatback in position. period of time when the engine is off. This
The reclining feature allows adjustment of the will discharge the battery.
SSS1051 SSS1052
section.)
WARNING
. If you fold the front passenger’s
seatback down to carry longer ob-
jects, be sure this cargo is properly
secured and not near an air bag. In a
crash, an inflating air bag might
force that object toward a person.
This could cause severe injury or
even death. Secure objects away
SSS1053 SSS0796 from the area in which an air bag
would inflate. See “Precautions on
Lumbar support (if so equipped): Folding front passenger’s seat (if so Supplemental Restraint System” la-
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The lumbar support feature provides lower back equipped) ter in this section.
S35-D-110201-C19042A4-37EC-4F5E-A2F3-CC2DCE9D4829
support to the driver. The front passenger’s seatback can be folded . Never allow anyone to ride in the
Push the front or back end of the switch to down. Some long objects may be loaded in the cargo area or on the front passen-
adjust the seat lumbar area. vehicle when the rear seats are also folded ger’s seat when it is in the fold-
down. (See “Rear seats” later in this section for down position. Use of these areas
folding rear seats.) by passengers could result in ser-
ious injury in an accident or sudden
To fold the front passenger’s seatback, pull the stop.
reclining lever all the way *
1 .
To fold down the seatback of each rear seat, pull sliding or shifting. Do not place
the adjusting knob *A .
cargo higher than the seatbacks. In
To return the seatback to the seating position, lift a sudden stop or collision, unse-
up each seatback and push it to the upright cured cargo could cause personal
position until it is latched. injury.
. When returning the seatbacks to the
WARNING upright position, be certain they are
completely secured in the latched
. Do not use the rear seat belts when position. If they are not completely
the buckles are stowed in the seat secured, passengers may be injured
pockets. Failure to do so may re- in an accident or sudden stop.
duce the effectiveness of the entire
SSS0797 restraint system and increase the HEAD RESTRAINTS
S35-D-110201-8707514E-311A-4F34-AD80-2FBAE21FA9C7
chance or severity of injury in an
REAR SEATS accident.
S35-D-110201-F1069FCA-D94F-46E4-9FA4-8088C2EFB096
WARNING
Folding S35-D-110201-F3098F1C-3843-46A3-9934-E20A6D0E0E98 . Do not fold down the rear seats
Before foldingGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
the rear seats: when occupants are in the rear seat Head restraints supplement the other
area or any objects are on the rear vehicle safety systems. They may pro-
. Secure the seat belts on the seat belt hooks seats. vide additional protection against injury
on the side wall. (See “Seat belt hooks” later
. Never allow anyone to ride in the in certain rear end collisions. Adjust the
in this section.)
cargo area or on the rear seats head restraints properly, as specified in
. Release the connector tongue of the rear this section. Check the adjustment after
when they are in the fold-down
center seat belt from the buckle, and store someone else uses the seat. Do not
position. Use of these areas by
the connector and seat belt tongues into the attach anything to the head restraint
passengers without proper re-
retractor base on the ceiling. (See “Rear stalks or remove the head restraint. Do
straints could result in serious injury
center seat belt” later in this section.) not use the seat if the head restraint
in an accident or sudden stop.
. If necessary, move the front seats forward to has been removed. If the head restraint
provide enough clearance so that the rear . Properly secure all cargo with ropes
was removed, install and properly ad-
seats can be folded down completely. or straps to help prevent it from
just the head restraint before an occu-
1-6 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS1019 SSS0992
Adjustment To raise the head restraint, pull it up. To lower, push and hold the lock knob and push
S35-D-110201-805BC978-8292-4E16-AEC0-DF1F8262FAB3
the head restraint down.
Adjust the head restraint so the center is level
with the center of your ears.
Removal GUID-C561A9AF-CBB2-4542-89D6-BD973A7B3031
Install GUID-6FFAC965-3169-4B2F-AEA8-863C33C198E2
Front-seat Active Head Restraints
GUID-807E7618-FD6F-421A-A613-6003E38F8273
Use the following procedure to remove the 1. Align the head restraint stalks with the holes The Active Head Restraint moves forward
adjustable head restraints. in the seat. Make sure that the head restraint utilizing the force that the seatback receives
1. Pull the head restraint up to the highest is facing the correct direction. The stalk with from the occupant in a rear-end collision. The
position. the adjustment notches * 1 must be in- movement of the head restraint helps support
stalled in the hole with the lock knob * 2 . the occupant’s head by reducing its backward
2. Push and hold the lock knob.
2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the movement and helping absorb some of the
3. Remove the head restraint from the seat. forces that may lead to whiplash-type injuries.
head restraint down.
4. Store the head restraint properly in a secure Active Head Restraints are effective for colli-
3. Properly adjust the head restraint before an
place so it is not loose in the vehicle. sions at low to medium speeds in which it is said
occupant uses the seating position.
5. Install and properly adjust the head restraint that whiplash injury occurs most.
before an occupant uses the seating posi- Active Head Restraints operate only in certain
tion. rear-end collisions. After the collision, the head
restraints return to their original position.
SEAT BELTS
S35-D-110201-AC80E8BC-300A-4AA0-B891-3F74F65091FC
SSS0136 SSS0016
SSS0134 SSS0014
. Be sure the seat belt tongue is . Once a seat belt with pretensioner
WARNING securely fastened to the proper has activated, it cannot be reused
buckle. and must be replaced together with
. Every person who drives or rides in the retractor. See a NISSAN dealer.
. Do not wear the seat belt inside out
this vehicle should use a seat belt at
or twisted. Doing so may reduce its . Removal and installation of the
all times. Children should be prop-
effectiveness. pretensioner system components
erly restrained in the rear seat and,
. Do not allow more than one person should be done by a NISSAN dealer.
if appropriate, in a child restraint.
to use the same seat belt. . All seat belt assemblies, including
. The seat belt should be properly
. Never carry more people in the retractors and attaching hardware,
adjusted to a snug fit. Failure to do
vehicle than there are seat belts. should be inspected after any colli-
so may reduce the effectiveness of
sion by a NISSAN dealer. NISSAN
the entire restraint system and in- . If the seat belt warning light glows
recommends that all seat belt as-
crease the chance or severity of continuously while the ignition is
semblies in use during a collision be
injury in an accident. Serious injury turned ON with all doors closed and
replaced unless the collision was
or death can occur if the seat belt is all seat belts fastened, it may in-
minor and the belts show no da-
not worn properly. dicate a malfunction in the system.
mage and continue to operate prop-
. Always route the shoulder belt over Have the system checked by a
erly. Seat belt assemblies not in use
your shoulder and across your NISSAN dealer.
during a collision should also be
chest. Never put the belt behind . No changes should be made to the inspected and replaced if either
your back, under your arm or across seat belt system. For example, do damage or improper operation is
your neck. The belt should be away not modify the seat belt, add mate- noted.
from your face and neck, but not rial, or install devices that may
. All child restraints and attaching
falling off your shoulder. change the seat belt routing or
hardware should be inspected after
. Position the lap belt as low and tension. Doing so may affect the
any collision. Always follow the
snug as possible AROUND THE operation of the seat belt system.
restraint manufacturer’s inspection
HIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap belt Modifying or tampering with the
instructions and replacement re-
worn too high could increase the seat belt system may result in
commendations. The child restraints
risk of internal injuries in an acci- serious personal injury.
should be replaced if they are
dent.
damaged. injuries. You could also slide under suitable tool (such as a knife or
the lap belt and receive serious scissors) to release the seat belt.
PREGNANT WOMEN internal injuries.
S35-D-110201-2A5432EA-9682-462A-BBA2-91F344E24C4C
NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use . For the most effective protection Fastening the seat belts
S35-D-110201-DE724EE3-6830-4B45-BDB6-208527FD1AE3
seat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug, when the vehicle is in motion, the 1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” earlier in this
and always position the lap belt as low as seat should be upright. Always sit section.)
possible around the hips, not the waist. Place well back in the seat with both feet
the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across on the floor and adjust the seat belt
your chest. Never put the lap/shoulder belt over properly.
your abdominal area. Contact your doctor for . Do not allow children to play with
specific recommendations. the seat belts. Most seating posi-
INJURED PERSONS tions are equipped with Automatic
S35-D-110201-6EA4B080-DF25-4064-9479-6435EFE1B055
NISSAN recommends that injured persons use Locking Retractor (ALR) mode seat
seat belts, depending on the injury. Check with belts. If the seat belt becomes
your doctor for specific recommendations. wrapped around a child’s neck with
the ALR mode activated, the child
THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT
S35-D-110201-EE5B8B35-634E-4A7E-8C28-8020915E39DA can be seriously injured or killed if
the seat belt retracts and becomes
WARNING tight. This can occur even if the
vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat
. Every person who drives or rides in belt to release the child. For the
this vehicle should use a seat belt at center of the rear seat, the connec-
all times. tor tongue may also be released.
Release the connector tongue by
. Do not ride in a moving vehicle
inserting a suitable tool (such as a
when the seatback is reclined. This
key) into the connector buckle A. If
can be dangerous. The shoulder belt
the seat belt can not be unbuckled
will not be against your body. In an
or is already unbuckled, release the
accident, you could be thrown into it
child by cutting the seat belt with a
and receive neck or other serious
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13
SSS0326 SSS0351A
WARNING
. After adjustment, release the ad-
justment button and try to move the
shoulder belt anchor up and down
to make sure it is securely fixed in
position.
. The shoulder belt anchor height
should be adjusted to the position
best for you. Failure to do so may
reduce the effectiveness of the
entire restraint system and increase
SSS0798 SSS0391
the chance or severity of injury in an
accident.
Seat belt hooks
S35-D-110201-89C01315-89B4-4608-B0A9-9E385C8C5405
Rear center seat belt
S35-D-110201-1849A6AA-6297-47D0-B281-8CF75EFC9D96
When the rear seat belts are not in use and The rear center seat belt has a connector tongue
when folding down the rear seats, hook the rear * 1 and a seat belt tongue * 2 . Both the
outer seat belts on the seat belt hooks. connector tongue and the seat belt tongue must
be securely latched for proper seat belt opera-
tion.
SSS0241 SSS0703
WARNING
. Do not unfasten the rear center seat
belt connector except when folding
down the rear seat.
. When attaching the rear center seat
belt connector, be certain that the
seatbacks are completely secured in
the latched position and the rear
center seat belt connector is com-
pletely secured. SSS0800
Attaching rearGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
center seat belt: center seat belt connector is com- . Adults and children who can use the
Always be sure the rear center seat belt pletely secured. standard seat belt should not use an
connector tongue and connector buckle are . If the rear center seat belt connector extender. Such unnecessary use
attached. Disconnect only when folding down and the seatbacks are not secured could result in serious personal
the rear seat. in the correct position, serious per- injury in the event of an accident.
To connect the buckle: sonal injury may result in an acci- . Never use seat belt extenders to
1. Pull out the connector tongue from the dent or sudden stop. install child restraints. If the child
retractor base *
1 . restraint is not secured properly, the
SEAT BELT EXTENDERS child could be seriously injured in a
2. Pull out the seat belt tongue from the GUID-EE8D5105-6862-4626-B3E3-5740C9C87D87
collision or a sudden stop.
retractor base *
2 . If, because of body size or driving position, it is
3. Pull the seat belt and secure the connector not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder belt
and fasten it, an extender that is compatible with SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE
buckle until it clicks *
3 . S35-D-110201-C896C95E-BD55-4C8D-B00A-8645F8B01CF9
the installed seat belts is available that can be . To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a
The center seat belt connector tongue can be purchased. The extender adds approximately 8 mild soap solution or any solution recom-
attached only into the rear center seat belt in (200 mm) of length and may be used for either mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets.
connector buckle. the driver or front passenger seating position. Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat
To fasten the seat belt, see “Fastening the seat See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with belts to dry in the shade. Do not allow the
belts” earlier in this section. purchasing an extender if an extender is seat belts to retract until they are completely
required. dry.
. If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt
WARNING guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat
WARNING belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder
. Do not unfasten the rear center seat
belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.
belt connector except when folding . Only NISSAN seat belt extenders,
down the rear seat. made by the same company which . Periodically check to see that the seat
made the original equipment seat belt and the metal components, such as
. When attaching the rear center seat
belts, should be used with NISSAN buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wires
belt connector, be certain that the
seat belts. and anchors, work properly. If loose parts,
seatbacks are completely secured in
deterioration, cuts or other damage on the
the latched position and the rear
webbing is found, the entire seat belt
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19
CHILD SAFETY
GUID-3CD18BAA-767F-4097-9C72-8CB7C220AB43
child restraints. that fits your vehicle and always follow the commercially available booster seat if the
manufacturer’s instructions for installation and shoulder belt fits close to the face or neck or if
use. the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
SMALL CHILDREN abdomen. The booster seat should raise the
territories require the use of approved child GUID-1389650A-F101-451E-83E7-5ED25B7AA16D
child so that the shoulder belt is properly
restraints for infants and small children. See Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at
positioned across the top, middle portion of
“Child restraints” later in this section. least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in a rear-facing
the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips.
A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle child restraint as long as possible up to the
A booster seat can only be used in seating
by using either the LATCH (Lower Anchor and height or weight limit of the child restraint.
positions that have a three-point type seat belt.
Tethers for CHildren) system or with the vehicle Forward-facing child restraints are available for
The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and
seat belt. See “Child restraints” later in this children who outgrow rear-facing child restraints
have a label certifying that it complies with
section for more information. and are at least 1 year old. Refer to the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or
manufacturer’s instructions for minimum and
NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
maximum weight and height recommendations.
and children be restrained in the rear seat. Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt
NISSAN recommends that small children be
Studies show that children are safer when is no longer on or near the face and neck, use
placed in child restraints that comply with
properly restrained in the rear seat than in the shoulder belt without the booster seat.
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or
the front seat.
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. You
This is especially important because your should choose a child restraint that fits your WARNING
vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys- vehicle and always follow the manufacturer’s
tem (Air bag system) for the front passen- instructions for installation and use. Never let a child stand or kneel on any
ger. See “Supplemental Restraint System” seat and do not allow a child in the
later in this section.
LARGER CHILDREN
GUID-7E131263-864D-4FCD-962F-582BD50C1E9B
cargo area. The child could be seriously
Children who are too large for child restraints
INFANTS GUID-8B512B1F-1773-4C0A-92B9-DD6E7BC59681 should be seated and restrained by the seat
injured or killed in a sudden stop or
Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed collision.
belts which are provided. The seat belt may not
in a rear-facing child restraint. NISSAN recom- fit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in (142.5
mends that infants be placed in child restraints cm) tall and weighs between 40 lbs (18 kg) and
that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety 80 lbs (36 kg). A booster seat should be used to
Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety obtain proper seat belt fit.
Standards. You should choose a child restraint
NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in a
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21
CHILD RESTRAINTS
S35-D-110201-8783AACE-BE38-452F-A948-0A1B4B4A3486
PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE- in the front seat. If you must
STRAINTS
S35-D-110201-6ADBF799-13ED-4B1F-AF7C-AE2700F03C69 install a forward-facing child
restraint in the front seat, see
“Forward-facing child restraint
WARNING installation using the seat belts”
later in this section.
. Failure to follow the warnings and
instructions for proper use and in- — Even with the NISSAN Advanced
stallation of child restraints could Air Bag System, never install a
result in serious injury or death of a rear-facing child restraint in the
child or other passengers in a front seat. An inflating air bag
sudden stop or collision: could seriously injure or kill a
— The child restraint must be used child. A rear-facing child re-
and installed properly. Always straint must only be used in the
SSS0099
follow all of the child restraint rear seat.
manufacturer’s instructions for — Be sure to purchase a child
installation and use. restraint that will fit the child
— Infants and children should and vehicle. Some child re-
never be held on anyone’s lap. straints may not fit properly in
Even the strongest adult cannot your vehicle.
resist the forces of a collision. — Child restraint anchor points are
— Do not put a seat belt around designed to withstand loads
both a child and another pas- from child restraints that are
senger. properly fitted.
— NISSAN recommends that all — Never use the anchor points for
child restraints be installed in adult seat belts or harnesses.
the rear seat. Studies show that — A child restraint with a top tether
SSS0100
children are safer when properly strap should not be used in the
restrained in the rear seat than front passenger seat.
1-22 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
— Keep seatbacks as upright as For details, see “Lower Anchors and Tethers for anchor point on the vehicle.
possible after fitting the child CHildren System (LATCH)” later in this section.
restraint. If you do not have a LATCH compatible child
restraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used.
— Infants and children should al-
ways be placed in an appropri- Several manufacturers offer child restraints for
ate child restraint while in the infants and small children of various sizes. When
vehicle. selecting any child restraint, keep the following
points in mind:
. When the child restraint is not in
use, keep it secured with the LATCH . Choose only a restraint with a label certifying
system or a seat belt. In a sudden that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle
stop or collision, loose objects can Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor
injure occupants or damage the Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
vehicle. . Check the child restraint in your vehicle to
be sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s
seat and seat belt system.
. If the child restraint is compatible with your
CAUTION vehicle, place your child in the child restraint
and check the various adjustments to be
A child restraint in a closed vehicle can
sure the child restraint is compatible with
become very hot. Check the seating
your child. Choose a child restraint that is
surface and buckles before placing a
designed for your child’s height and weight.
child in the child restraint.
Always follow all recommended procedures.
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
This vehicle is equipped with a universal child territories require that infants and small
restraint anchor system, referred to as the children be restrained in an approved child
LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil- restraint at all times while the vehicle is
dren) system. Some child restraints include rigid being operated. Canadian law requires the
or webbing-mounted attachments that can be top tether strap on forward-facing child
connected to these anchors. restraints be secured to the designated
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and
instructions for proper use and installa-
tion of child restraints could result in
serious injury or death of a child or
other passengers in a sudden stop or
collision:
. Attach LATCH system compatible
child restraints only at the locations
SSS0801 shown in the illustration. SSS0637
LATCH label location LATCH lower anchor location
. Do not secure a child restraint in the
Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren center rear seating position using LATCH lowerGUID-DFC4FF9B-A8F5-4E6B-9100-8F238B533199
anchor location
System (LATCH)
GUID-3A1A4921-5C9C-4347-B791-C3094BCE2FD4
the LATCH lower anchors. The child The LATCH anchors are located at the rear of
Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor restraint will not be secured prop- the seat cushion near the seatback. A label is
points that are used with the LATCH (Lower erly. attached to the seatback to help you locate the
Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system . Inspect the lower anchors by insert- LATCH anchors.
compatible child restraints. This system may ing your fingers into the lower
also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX anchor area. Feel to make sure
compatible system. With this system, you do not there are no obstructions over the
have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the anchors such as seat belt webbing
child restraint. or seat cushion material. The child
restraint will not be secured prop-
erly if the lower anchors are ob-
structed.
Installing child restraint LATCH lower When installing a child restraint, carefully read Top tether anchor point locations
GUID-88B0DA6B-48C8-4D43-823E-06537948B956
anchor attachments and follow the instructions in this manual and Anchor points are located on the floor behind
GUID-8BAB037C-5B6D-44DE-830B-55C33F68E811
those supplied with the child restraint. the outboard and center seating positions.
LATCH compatible child restraints include two
rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can The child restraint top tether strap must be used
be connected to anchors located at certain when installing child restraints with the LATCH
seating positions in your vehicle. With this lower anchor attachments or seat belts.
system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat If you have any questions when installing a
belt to secure the child restraint. Check your top tether strap child restraint on the rear
child restraint for a label stating that it is seat, consult a NISSAN dealer for details.
compatible with LATCH. This information may
also be in the instructions provided by the child
restraint manufacturer.
SSS0648 SSS0649
Rear-facing web-mounted — step 2 Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2
2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-
ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check
to make sure the LATCH attachment is
properly attached to the lower anchors.
SSS0639 SSS0650
Rear-facing — step 3 Rear-facing — step 4
3. For child restraints that are equipped with 4. After attaching the child restraint, test it
webbing-mounted attachments, remove any before you place the child in it. Push it from
additional slack from the anchor attach- side to side while holding the child restraint
ments. Press downward and rearward firmly near the LATCH attachment path. The child
in the center of the child restraint with your restraint should not move more than 1 inch
hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it
and seatback while tightening the webbing forward and check to see if the LATCH
of the anchor attachments. attachment holds the restraint in place. If the
restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH
attachment as necessary, or put the restraint
in another seat and test it again. You may
need to try a different child restraint or try
installing by using the vehicle seat belt (if
applicable). Not all child restraints fit in all
types of vehicles.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27
SSS0100 SSS0100
Rear-facing — step 1
REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN-
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child
STALLATIONGUID-FE8F38A1-6CB8-4668-A5F7-CB4161B5AC06
USING THE SEAT BELTS safety” earlier in this section and “Child re-
straints” earlier in this section before installing a
WARNING child restraint.
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child
The three-point seat belt with Auto- restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear
matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be seats:
used when installing a child restraint. 1. Child restraints for infants must be
Failure to use the ALR mode will result used in the rear-facing direction and
in the child restraint not being properly therefore must not be used in the front
secured. The restraint could tip over or seat. Position the child restraint on the seat.
be loose and cause injury to a child in a Always follow the restraint manufacturer’s
sudden stop or collision. Also, it can instructions.
change the operation of the front
passenger air bag. See “Front passen-
1-28 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
WARNING
. The three-point seat belt with Auto-
matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must
be used when installing a child
restraint. Failure to use the ALR
SSS0638 mode will result in the child re- SSS0640
Forward-facing — step 6 straint not being properly secured. Forward-facing (front passenger seat) — step 1
6. After attaching the child restraint, test it The restraint could tip over or be Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child
before you place the child in it. Push it from loose and cause injury to a child in a safety” and “Child restraints” sections before
side to side while holding the child restraint sudden stop or collision. Also, it can installing a child restraint.
near the LATCH attachment path. The child change the operation of the front Follow these steps to install a forward-facing
restraint should not move more than 1 inch passenger air bag. See “Front pas- child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the
(25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it senger air bag and status light” rear seats or in the front passenger seat:
forward and check to see if the LATCH later in this section.
1. If you must install a child restraint in
attachment holds the restraint in place. If the . When installing a child restraint the front seat, it should be placed in a
restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH system in the rear center position, forward-facing direction only. Move the
attachment as necessary, or put the restraint both the center seat belt connector seat to the rearmost position. Child
in another seat and test it again. You may tongue and buckle tongue must be restraints for infants must be used in
need to try a different child restraint. Not all secured. See “Rear center seat belt” the rear-facing direction and, therefore,
child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. earlier in this section. must not be used in the front seat.
7. Check to make sure the child restraint is
properly secured prior to each use. If the
1-32 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0803 SSS0802
Forward-facing — step 10
10. If the child restraint is installed in the front
INSTALLINGGUID-59BD9773-D5FB-4A40-A629-230CF7E1F55D
TOP TETHER STRAP
passenger seat, place the ignition switch in First secure the child restraint with the LATCH
the ON position. The front passenger air bag system (rear outboard seating positions only) or
status light should illuminate. If this light the seat belt as applicable.
is not illuminated, see “Front passenger air 1. Remove the anchor cover from the anchor
bag and status light” in this section. Move point which is located directly behind the
the child restraint to another seating child seat.
position. Have the system checked by a 2. Position the top tether strap over the top of
NISSAN dealer. the seatback.
After the child restraint is removed and the seat 3. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor
belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (child bracket that provides the straightest instal-
restraint mode) is canceled. lation.
4. Tighten the tether strap according to the
manufacturer’s instructions to remove any
slack.
If you have any questions when installing a
top tether strap, consult your NISSAN
dealer for details.
BOOSTER SEATS
GUID-DF82A688-ABAA-4A5E-A557-514AABE84C41
Precautions GUID-BBFC5B7F-B068-435F-A96A-BBAEFEDF668E
on booster seats
WARNING
If a booster seat and seat belt are not
used properly, the risk of a child being
injured in a sudden stop or collision LRS0455 LRS0453
greatly increases:
Booster seats of various sizes are offered by . Make sure the child’s head will be properly
. Make sure the shoulder portion of several manufacturers. When selecting any supported by the booster seat or vehicle
the belt is away from the child’s face booster seat, keep the following points in mind: seat. The seatback must be at or above the
and neck and the lap portion of the center of the child’s ears. For example, if a
belt does not cross the stomach. . Choose only a booster seat with a label
certifying that it complies with Federal Motor low back booster seat * 1 is chosen, the
. Make sure the shoulder belt is not Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian vehicle seatback must be at or above the
behind the child or under the child’s Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. center of the child’s ears. If the seatback is
arm. lower than the center of the child’s ears, a
. Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be
. A booster seat must only be in- sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat high back booster seat * 2 should be used.
stalled in a seating position that has and seat belt system. . If the booster seat is compatible with your
a lap/shoulder belt. vehicle, place your child in the booster seat
and check the various adjustments to be
sure the booster seat is compatible with
your child. Always follow all recommended
procedures.
LRS0464 SSS0640
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the
territories require that infants and small rear seat or in the front passenger seat:
children be restrained in an approved child 1. If you must install a booster seat in the
restraint at all times while the vehicle is front seat, move the seat to the rear-
being operated. most position.
The instructions in this section apply to booster 2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Only
seat installation in the rear seats or the front place it in a forward-facing direction. Always
passenger seat. follow the booster seat manufacturer’s
Booster seatGUID-906FC462-164E-4FE3-BE05-FC9DE1AC4750
installation instructions.
CAUTION
Do not use the lap/shoulder belt Auto-
matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37
booster seat.
4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low
and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure to
follow the booster seat manufacturer’s
instructions for adjusting the seat belt
routing.
5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt
toward the retractor to take up extra slack.
Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned
across the top, middle portion of the child’s
shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat
manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the
LRS0454
seat belt routing. SSS0803
Front passenger position 6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc-
tions for properly fastening a seat belt 7. If the booster seat is installed in the front
3. The booster seat should be positioned on
shown in “Seat belts” earlier in this section. passenger seat, turn the ignition switch to
the vehicle seat so that it is stable.
the ON position. The front passenger air bag
If necessary, adjust or remove the head status light may or may not illuminate
restraint to obtain the correct booster seat depending on the size of the child and the
fit. If the head restraint is removed, store it in type of booster seat used. See “Front
a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the passenger air bag and status light” later in
head restraint when the booster seat is this section.
removed. See “Head restraints” earlier in
this section for head restraint adjustment,
removal and installation information.
If the seating position does not have an
adjustable head restraint or headrest and it
is interfering with the proper booster seat fit,
try another seating position or a different
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
SYSTEM
S35-D-110201-750013D3-4DA5-4F34-8644-D034C27A567C
PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL head of occupants in front and rear outboard
RESTRAINT SYSTEM seating positions in certain side impact or
S35-D-110201-64A33E9E-5442-4B86-8B34-1A52ADC3D902
rollover collisions. In a side impact, the curtain
This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
and rollover air bags are designed to inflate on
section contains important information concern-
the side where the vehicle is impacted. In a
ing the following systems:
rollover both curtain and rollover air bags are
. Driver and passenger supplemental front- designed to inflate and remain inflated for a
impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced Air Bag short period of time.
System)
These supplemental restraint systems are de-
. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple- signed to supplement the crash protection
mental air bag provided by the driver and passenger seat belts
. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll- and are not a substitute for them. Seat belts
over supplemental air bag should always be correctly worn and the
. Seat belt with pretensioner occupant seated a suitable distance away from
Supplemental front-impact air bag system: the steering wheel, instrument panel and door
The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can finishers. (See “Seat belts” earlier in this section
help cushion the impact force to the head and for instructions and precautions on seat belt
chest of the driver and front passenger in certain usage.)
frontal collisions. The supplemental air bags operate only
Front seat-mounted side-impact supple- when the ignition switch is in the ON
mental air bag system: This system can help position.
cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvis After turning the ignition switch to the ON
areas of the driver and front passenger in certain position, the supplemental air bag warning
side impact collisions. The side air bags are light illuminates. The supplemental air bag
designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle warning light will turn off after about 7
is impacted. seconds if the systems are operational.
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bag system: This
system can help cushion the impact force to the
WARNING
. The front air bags ordinarily will not
inflate in the event of a side impact,
rear impact, rollover, or lower se-
verity frontal collision. Always wear
your seat belts to help reduce the
risk or severity of injury in various
kinds of accidents.
. The front passenger air bag will not
inflate if the passenger air bag
status light is lit or if the front
SSS0131
passenger seat is unoccupied. See
“Front passenger air bag and status
light” later in this section.
. The seat belts and the front air bags
are most effective when you are
sitting well back and upright in the
seat with both feet on the floor. The
front air bags inflate with great
force. Even with the NISSAN Ad-
vanced Air Bag System, if you are
unrestrained, leaning forward, sit-
ting sideways or out of position in
any way, you are at greater risk of
injury or death in a crash. You may
SSS0132 also receive serious or fatal injuries
from the front air bag if you are up
against it when it inflates. Always sit
1-40 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
back against the seatback and as crease the risk that they are injured
far-away as practical from the steer- if the front air bag inflates.
ing wheel or instrument panel. Al-
ways use the seat belts.
. The driver and front passenger seat
belt buckles are equipped with
sensors that detect if the seat belts
are fastened. The Advanced Air Bag
System monitors the severity of a
collision and seat belt usage then
inflates the air bags as needed.
Failure to properly wear seat belts
can increase the risk or severity of SSS0007
injury in an accident.
. The front passenger seat is
equipped with an occupant classifi-
cation sensor (pattern sensor) that
turns the front passenger air bag
OFF under some conditions. This
sensor is only used in this seat.
Failure to be properly seated and
wearing the seat belt can increase
the risk or severity of injury in an
accident. See “Front passenger air
bag and status light” later in this
section.
. Keep hands on the outside of the
SSS0006
steering wheel. Placing them inside
the steering wheel rim could in-
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41
WARNING
. Never let children ride unrestrained
or extend their hands or face out of
the window. Do not attempt to hold
them in your lap or arms. Some
examples of dangerous riding posi-
tions are shown in the illustrations.
. Children may be severely injured or
killed when the front air bags, side
air bags or curtain and rollover air
bags inflate if they are not properly
SSS0008 SSS0099
restrained. Pre-teens and children
should be properly restrained in the
rear seat, if possible.
. Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air
Bag System, never install a rear-
facing child restraint in the front
seat. An inflating front air bag could
seriously injure or kill your child.
See “Child restraints” earlier in this
section for details.
SSS0009 SSS0100
WARNING
Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-
plemental air bags and roof-mounted
curtain side-impact and rollover supple-
mental air bags:
. The side air bags and curtain and
rollover air bags ordinarily will not
inflate in the event of a frontal
impact, rear impact or lower severity
side collision. Always wear your
SSS0162 seat belts to help reduce the risk
SSS0188A or severity of injury in various kinds
of accidents.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43
occupant classification sensor is also monitored. Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts,
Based on information from the sensors, only one help to cushion the impact force on the head
front air bag may inflate in a crash, depending on and chest of the front occupants. They can help
the crash severity and whether the front save lives and reduce serious injuries. However,
occupants are belted or unbelted. Additionally, an inflating front air bag may cause facial
the front passenger air bag may be automatically abrasions or other injuries. Front air bags do
turned OFF under some conditions, depending not provide restraint to the lower body.
on the information provided by the occupant Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seat
classification sensor. If the front passenger air belts should be correctly worn and the driver
bag is OFF, the passenger air bag status light and passenger seated upright as far as practical
will be illuminated (if the seat is unoccupied, the away from the steering wheel or instrument
light will not be illuminated, but the air bag will panel. The front air bags inflate quickly in order
be off). (See “Front passenger air bag and to help protect the front occupants. Because of
status light” later in this section for further this, the force of the front air bag inflating can SSS0803
details.) One front air bag inflating does not increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too Front passenger air bag status light
indicate improper performance of the system. close to, or is against, the air bag module during Front passenger air bag and status light
GUID-ACE53E41-9E7C-4048-9DF6-4D8DC09B7ACC
If you have any questions about your air bag inflation.
system, contact NISSAN or a NISSAN dealer. If The front air bags will deflate quickly after a
you are considering modification of your vehicle collision.
WARNING
due to a disability, you may also contact
The front air bags operate only when the The front passenger air bag is designed
NISSAN. Contact information is contained in
ignition switch is in the ON position. to automatically turn OFF under some
the front of this Owner’s Manual.
After turning the ignition switch to the ON conditions. Read this section carefully
When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noise to learn how it operates. Proper use of
position, the supplemental air bag warning
may be heard, followed by release of smoke. the seat, seat belt and child restraints is
light illuminates. The supplemental air bag
This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate necessary for most effective protection.
warning light will turn off after about 7
a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it Failure to follow all instructions in this
seconds if the system is operational.
may cause irritation and choking. Those with a manual concerning the use of seats,
history of a breathing condition should get fresh seat belts and child restraints can
air promptly. increase the risk or severity of injury in
an accident. The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and chil-
the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag dren be properly restrained in a rear seat.
to certain front passenger seat occupants, such NISSAN also recommends that appropriate
Status light: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 as children, by requiring the air bag to be child restraints and booster seats be properly
The front passenger air bag status light is automatically turned OFF. installed in a rear seat. If this is not possible, the
located on the instrument panel below the air The occupant classification sensor (pattern occupant classification sensor is designed to
conditioner controls. The light operates as sensor) is in the front passenger seat cushion operate as described above to turn the front
follows: and is designed to detect an occupant and passenger air bag OFF for specified child
. Unoccupied passenger seat: The light objects on the seat. For example, if a child is in restraints. Failing to properly secure child
is OFF and the front passenger air bag is the front passenger seat, the Advanced Air Bag restraints and to use the Automatic Locking
OFF and will not inflate in a crash. System is designed to turn the passenger air Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode)
. Passenger’s seat occupied by a small adult, bag OFF in accordance with the regulations. may allow the restraint to tip or move in an
child or child restraint as outlined in this Also, if a child restraint of the type specified in accident or sudden stop. This can also result in
section: The light illuminates to indicate the regulations is on the seat, the occupant the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead
that the front passenger air bag is OFF and classification sensor can detect it and cause the of being OFF. (See “Child restraints” earlier in
will not inflate in a crash. air bag to turn OFF. this section for proper use and installation.)
. Occupied passenger seat and the passen- Front passenger seat adult occupants who are If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the
ger meets the conditions outlined in this properly seated and using the seat belt as passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a
section: The light is OFF to indicate outlined in this manual should not cause the crash. However, heavy objects placed on the
that the front passenger air bag is opera- passenger air bag to be automatically turned seat could result in air bag inflation, because of
tional. OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF, the object being detected by the occupant
however, if the occupant does not sit in the seat classification sensor. Other conditions could
Front passenger air bag:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
properly (for example, by not sitting upright, by also result in air bag inflation, such as if a child is
The front passenger air bag is designed to standing on the seat, or if two children are on the
sitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwise
automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is seat, contrary to the instructions in this manual.
being out of position), this could cause the
operated under some conditions as described Always be sure that you and all vehicle
sensor to turn the air bag OFF. Always be sure
below as permitted by U.S. regulations. If the occupants are seated and restrained properly.
to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly
front passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflate
for the most effective protection by the seat belt Using the passenger air bag status light, you can
in a crash. The driver air bag and other air bags
and supplemental air bag. monitor when the front passenger air bag is
in your vehicle are not part of this system.
automatically turned OFF with the seat occu-
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-47
pied. The light will not illuminate when the front occupant or child restraint in a rear seat. the seat. Such objects can damage
passenger seat is unoccupied. The air bag system and passenger air bag status the seat or occupant classification
If an adult occupant is in the seat but the light will take a few seconds to register a change sensor (pattern sensor). This can
passenger air bag status light is illuminated in the passenger seat status. However, if the affect the operation of the air bag
(indicating that the air bag is OFF), it could be seat becomes unoccupied, the air bag status system and result in serious perso-
that the person is a small adult, or is not sitting light will remain off. nal injury.
on the seat properly. If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air . Do not use water or acidic cleaners
If a child restraint must be used in the front seat, bag system, the supplemental air bag warning (hot steam cleaners) on the seat.
the passenger air bag status light may or may light , located in the meter and gauges area, This can damage the seat or occu-
not be illuminated, depending on the size of the will blink. Have the system checked by a pant classification sensor. This can
child and the type of child restraint being used. If NISSAN dealer. also affect the operation of the air
the air bag status light is not illuminated bag system and result in serious
(indicating that the air bag might inflate in a Other supplemental front-impact air bag personal injury.
crash), it could be that the child restraint or seat precautions GUID-387727EE-AF0A-4050-A289-3F91D1423535
. Immediately after inflation, several
belt is not being used properly. Make sure that front air bag system components
the child restraint is installed properly, the seat WARNING will be hot. Do not touch them; you
belt is used properly and the occupant is may severely burn yourself.
positioned properly. If the air bag status light is . Do not place any objects on the
not illuminated, reposition the occupant or child . No unauthorized changes should be
steering wheel pad or on the instru- made to any components or wiring
restraint in a rear seat. ment panel. Also, do not place any of the supplemental air bag system.
If the passenger air bag status light will not objects between any occupant and This is to prevent accidental infla-
illuminate even though you believe that the child the steering wheel or instrument tion of the supplemental air bag or
restraint, the seat belts and the occupant are panel. Such objects may become damage to the supplemental air bag
properly positioned, the system may be sensing dangerous projectiles and cause system.
an unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag is injury if the front air bag inflates.
OFF). Your NISSAN dealer can check that the . Do not make unauthorized changes
. Do not place objects with sharp to your vehicle’s electrical system,
system is OFF by using a special tool. However, edges on the seat. Also, do not
until you have confirmed with your dealer that suspension system or front end
place heavy objects on the seat that structure. This could affect proper
your air bag is working properly, reposition the will leave permanent impressions in operation of the front air bag sys-
1-48 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
side collisions, although they may inflate if the provide restraint to the lower body.
forces in another type of collision are similar to The seat belts should be correctly worn and the WARNING
those of a higher severity side impact. They are driver and passenger seated upright as far as
designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle practical away from the side air bags. Rear seat . Do not place any objects near the
is impacted. They may not inflate in certain side passengers should be seated as far away as seatback of the front seats. Also, do
collisions on the side where the vehicle is practical from the door finishers and side roof not place any objects (an umbrella,
impacted. Curtain and rollover air bags are also rails. The side air bags and curtain and rollover bag, etc.) between the front door
designed to inflate in certain types of rollover air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect finisher and the front seat. Such
collisions or near rollovers. the occupants in the outboard seating positions. objects may become dangerous
Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an Because of this, the force of the side air bags projectiles and cause injury if a side
indication of proper side air bag and curtain and and curtain and rollover air bags inflating can air bag inflates.
rollover air bag operation. increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too . Right after inflation, several side air
When the side air bags and curtain and rollover close to, or is against, these air bag modules bag and curtain and rollover air bag
air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, during inflation. The side air bags and curtain system components will be hot. Do
followed by release of smoke. This smoke is not and rollover air bags will deflate quickly after the not touch them; you may severely
harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should collision is over. burn yourself.
be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation The side air bags and curtain and rollover . No unauthorized changes should be
and choking. Those with a history of a breathing air bags operate only when the ignition made to any components or wiring
condition should get fresh air promptly. switch is in the ON position. of the side air bag and curtain and
Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts, After turning the ignition switch to the ON rollover air bag systems. This is to
help to cushion the impact force on the chest position, the supplemental air bag warning prevent damage to or accidental
and pelvic area of the front occupants. Curtain light illuminates. The supplemental air bag inflation of the side air bag and
and rollover air bags help to cushion the impact warning light will turn off after about 7 curtain and rollover air bag systems.
force to the head of occupants in the front and seconds if the systems are operational. . Do not make unauthorized changes
rear outboard seating positions. They can help to your vehicle’s electrical system,
save lives and reduce serious injuries. However, suspension system or side panel.
side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags This could affect proper operation
may cause abrasions or other injuries. Side air of the side air bag and curtain and
bags and curtain and rollover air bags do not rollover air bag systems.
. Tampering with the side air bag SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS and probing devices should not be
system may result in serious perso- (front seats) GUID-6661B209-8D93-4FE3-95C3-B230E4D4CC5D used on the pretensioner system.
nal injury. For example, do not . If you need to dispose of a preten-
change the front seats by placing
material near the seatbacks or by
WARNING sioner or scrap the vehicle, contact a
NISSAN dealer. Correct preten-
installing additional trim material, sioner disposal procedures are set
. The pretensioners cannot be reused
such as seat covers, around the side forth in the appropriate NISSAN
after activation. They must be re-
air bag. Service Manual. Incorrect disposal
placed together with the retractor
. Work around and on the side air bag and buckle as a unit. procedures could cause personal
and curtain and rollover air bag injury.
. If the vehicle becomes involved in a
systems should be done by a
collision but a pretensioner is not
NISSAN dealer. Installation of elec- The pretensioner system may activate with the
activated, be sure to have the pre-
trical equipment should also be supplemental air bag system in certain types of
tensioner system checked and, if
done by a NISSAN dealer. The collisions. Working with the seat belt retractor, it
necessary, replaced by a NISSAN
Supplemental Restraint System helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle
dealer.
(SRS) wiring harnesses* should not becomes involved in certain types of collisions,
be modified or disconnected. Un- . No unauthorized changes should be helping to restrain front seat occupants.
authorized electrical test equipment made to any components or wiring
of the pretensioner system. This is The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt
and probing devices should not be retractor. These seat belts are used the same
used on the side air bag and curtain to prevent damage to or accidental
activation of the pretensioners. way as conventional seat belts.
and rollover supplemental air bag
systems. Tampering with the pretensioner When a pretensioner activates, smoke is re-
system may result in serious perso- leased and a loud noise may be heard. The
* The SRS wiring harness connectors are nal injury. smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a
yellow and orange for easy identification. . Work around and on the preten- fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it
When selling your vehicle, we request that you sioner system should be done by a may cause irritation and choking. Those with a
inform the buyer about the side air bag and NISSAN dealer. Installation of elec- history of a breathing condition should get fresh
curtain and rollover air bag systems and guide trical equipment should also be air promptly.
the buyer to the appropriate sections in this done by a NISSAN dealer. Un- After pretensioner activation, load limiters allow
Owner’s Manual. authorized electrical test equipment the seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) to
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-51
the supplemental air bag warning light illumi- REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO- placed by a NISSAN dealer. The air
nates for about 7 seconds and then turns off. CEDURES35-D-110201-893056AA-962B-4966-BF1A-CC8E22C7E775 bag modules and pretensioner sys-
This means the system is operational. The front air bags, side air bags, curtain and tem cannot be repaired.
If any of the following conditions occur, the front rollover air bags and pretensioners are designed . The front air bag, side air bag and
air bag, side air bag, curtain and rollover air bag to activate on a one-time-only basis. As a curtain and rollover air bag systems,
and pretensioner systems need servicing: reminder, unless it is damaged, the supplemen- and pretensioner system should be
. The supplemental air bag warning light tal air bag warning light will remain illuminated
inspected by a NISSAN dealer if
remains on after approximately 7 seconds. after inflation has occurred. Repair and replace- there is any damage to the front
ment of these systems should be done only by a end or side portion of the vehicle.
. The supplemental air bag warning light
NISSAN dealer.
flashes intermittently. . If you need to dispose of a supple-
. The supplemental air bag warning light does When maintenance work is required on the
mental air bag or pretensioner, or
not come on at all. vehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtain scrap the vehicle, contact a NISSAN
and rollover air bags and pretensioners and dealer. Correct supplemental air
Under these conditions, the front air bag, side air
related parts should be pointed out to the bag and pretensioner system dis-
bag, curtain and rollover air bag and preten-
person performing the maintenance. The ignition
sioner systems may not operate properly. They posal procedures are set forth in the
switch should always be in the LOCK position appropriate NISSAN Service Man-
must be checked and repaired. Take your
when working under the hood or inside the ual. Incorrect disposal procedures
vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer.
vehicle. could cause personal injury.
WARNING WARNING
If the supplemental air bag warning
. Once a front air bag, side air bag or
light is on, it could mean that the front
curtain and rollover air bag has
air bag, side air bag, curtain and roll-
inflated, the air bag module will
over air bag and/or pretensioner sys-
not function again and must be
tems will not operate in an accident. To
replaced. Additionally, the activated
help avoid injury to yourself or others,
pretensioners must also be re-
have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN
placed. The air bag module and
dealer as soon as possible.
pretensioner system should be re-
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-53
MEMO
Windows ..................................................................................
... 2-49 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (if so equipped) ...... ... 2-56
Power windows ................................................................
... 2-49 Programming HomeLink® .............................................
... 2-56
Moonroof (if so equipped) ...................................................
... 2-51 Programming HomeLink® for
Automatic moonroof ........................................................
... 2-52 Canadian customers .....................................................
... 2-58
Interior lights ............................................................................
... 2-53 Operating the HomeLink®
Map lights ...........................................................................
... 2-53 Universal Transceiver ....................................................
... 2-58
Ceiling light ........................................................................
... 2-54 Programming trouble-diagnosis .................................
... 2-58
Vanity mirror lights (if so equipped) ..................................
... 2-55 Clearing the programmed information ......................
... 2-58
Cargo light ...............................................................................
... 2-55 Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button .......... ... 2-58
If your vehicle is stolen .................................................
... 2-59
INSTRUMENT PANEL
S35-D-110201-A7D4030A-2862-489B-A7AF-66159DF04F04
9. Hazard warning flasher switch
10. Audio system/Navigation system (if so equipped)
— Clock
— Rear view monitor (if so equipped)
— Around viewTM monitor (if so equipped)
11. Front passenger supplemental air bag
12. Outside remote mirror control switch
13. Headlight aiming control (if so equipped)
14. All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch (if so
equipped)
15. Fuse box cover
16. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch
17. Hood release handle
18. Tilting steering wheel lever
19. Parking brake
20. Ignition switch
21. Heated seat switch (if so equipped)
22. ’“Camera” Around viewTM monitor display switch
(if so equipped)
23. Sport mode switch
24. Power outlet
25. Heater/air conditioner control
JVC0173X
26. Selector lever
1. Side ventilator — Horn 27. Front passenger air bag status light
2. Headlight, fog light (if so equipped) and turn — Driver supplemental air bag 28. Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped)
signal switch 5. Meters and gauges defroster switch
3. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) 6. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side) 29. Glove box
— Audio control — Cruise control switches
— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system control 7. Wiper and washer switch
4. Steering wheel 8. Center ventilator
SIC4534
SPEEDOMETER
S35-D-110201-C9945ABD-2549-458F-908F-CB27BD1CA5A3
Speedometer
S35-D-110201-60576567-9CF2-4129-A4A9-9B5C4699383D
The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in
miles per hour (MPH) or kilometers per hour
(km/h).
SIC4507
Odometer
S35-D-110201-8DFDDE94-809B-4D2D-AA93-E378AFA980E9
The odometer * A records the total distance the CAUTION
vehicle has been driven.
When engine speed approaches the red
zone, shift to a higher gear or reduce
engine speed. Operating the engine in
the red zone may cause serious engine
damage.
SIC4513 SIC4511
. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the the meter panel and the instrument panel lights.
malfunction indicator light (MIL) The brightness indicator * B will be shown
may come on. Refuel as soon as briefly in the vehicle information display when
possible. After a few driving trips, the control is turned.
the light should turn off. If the When the brightness level reaches the maximum
light remains on after a few driving or minimum, a beep will sound.
trips, have the vehicle inspected by SIC4596 When the brightness level reaches the minimum,
a NISSAN dealer. the meter panel and the instrument panel lights
. For additional information, see will be turned off.
“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” After the ignition switch is turned to the OFF
later in this section. position, the brightness indicator * B is dis-
played for 30 seconds.
SIC4508
SIC3181
NOS1741
CAUTION
. Do not install a ski rack, antenna,
etc., which are attached to the
vehicle by means of a magnet. They
affect the operation of the compass.
. When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner. Do
not spray glass cleaner directly on
the mirror as it may cause the liquid
cleaner to enter the mirror housing.
Charge warning light Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light SPORT mode indicator light
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK indicator light
Electric power steering warning light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights
(AWD models)*
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator
Engine oil pressure warning light Front passenger air bag status light
light
*: if so equipped
CHECKING BULBS
S35-D-110201-509763A1-1CD5-4013-B64B-BA38C7221423
WARNING LIGHTS
S35-D-110201-B0BCAF7C-D090-4C01-8D57-DB3AE4D3CA95 prevent the AWD system from
With all doors closed, apply the parking brake All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning malfunctioning. If the warning
and turn the ignition switch to the ON position light turns off, you can drive
light (AWD models)
without starting the engine. The following lights S35-D-110201-355E3C0A-32CD-480B-B487-AC5E7170D1C5
again.
will come on: The light illuminates when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position. It turns off after the — blinks slowly (about once every
, or , , , , , engine is started. 2 seconds):
The following lights come on briefly and then go If the All-Wheel Drive (AWD) system malfunc- Pull off the road in a safe area,
off (if so equipped): tions, or the diameter of the front and the rear and idle the engine. Check that
, or , , , , , wheels are different, the warning light will either all tire sizes are the same, tire
remain illuminated or blink. (See “All-Wheel pressure is correct and tires are
If any light does not come on, it may indicate a
Drive (AWD)” in the “5. Starting and driving” not worn.
burned-out bulb or an open circuit in the
electrical system. Have the system checked by section.) . If the warning light is still on after
a NISSAN dealer. the above operations, have your
Some indicators and warnings are also dis- vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer
CAUTION as soon as possible.
played on the vehicle information display be-
tween the speedometer and tachometer. (See . If the warning light comes on while
“Vehicle information display” later in this sec- driving there may be a malfunction or Anti-lock Braking System
tion.) in the AWD system. Reduce the (ABS) warning light
S35-D-110201-1E759848-5414-4A25-BA81-86C4D2F42713
vehicle speed and have your vehicle When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
checked by a NISSAN dealer as the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning
soon as possible. light illuminates and then turns off. This indicates
. If the AWD warning light blinks the ABS is operational.
while driving: If the ABS warning light illuminates while the
— blinks rapidly (about twice a engine is running, or while driving, it may
second): indicate the ABS is not functioning properly.
Pull off the road in a safe area, Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.
and idle the engine. The driving If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock
mode will change to 2WD to function is turned off. The brake system then
2-12 Instruments and controls
operates normally, but without anti-lock assis- (ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicate Charge warning light
S35-D-110201-B5291C9A-3089-486D-840B-2926E436A0BE
tance. (See “Brake system” in the “5. Starting the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the If the light illuminates while the engine is running,
and driving” section.) brake system checked, and if necessary re- it may indicate the charging system is not
paired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. (See functioning properly. Turn the engine off and
orS35-D-110201-FAC4FDDE-38CB-4A48-8813-E0FC7230DB1A
Brake warning light “Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light” check the alternator belt. If the belt is loose,
This light functions for both the parking brake earlier in this section.) broken, missing or if the light remains on, see a
and the foot brake systems.
NISSAN dealer immediately.
Parking brakeGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
indicator: WARNING
When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
the light illuminates when the parking brake is
CAUTION
. Your brake system may not be
applied. working properly if the warning light Do not continue driving if the alternator
Low brake fluid warning light: is on. Driving could be dangerous. If belt is loose, broken or missing.
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
you judge it to be safe, drive care-
When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
fully to the nearest service station
the light warns of a low brake fluid level. If the
for repairs. Otherwise, have your Electric power steering warning
light illuminates while the engine is running with
the parking brake not applied, stop the vehicle
vehicle towed because driving it light S35-D-110201-88542F69-8229-41AA-9C73-2BE953D6B595
could be dangerous. When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
and perform the following:
. Pressing the brake pedal with the the electric power steering warning light illumi-
1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluid
engine stopped and/or low brake nates. After starting the engine, the electric
as necessary. (See “Brake fluid” in the “8.
fluid level may increase your stop- power steering warning light turns off. This
Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)
ping distance and braking will re- indicates the electric power steering system is
2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the quire greater pedal effort as well as operational.
warning system checked by a NISSAN pedal travel. If the electric power steering warning light
dealer.
. If the brake fluid level is below the illuminates while the engine is running, it may
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning minimum or MIN mark on the brake indicate the electric power steering system is
indicator: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 fluid reservoir, do not drive until the not functioning properly and may need servicing.
When the parking brake is released and the brake system has been checked at a Have the electric power steering system
brake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brake NISSAN dealer. checked by a NISSAN dealer.
warning light and the Anti-lock Braking System When the electric power steering warning light
Instruments and controls 2-13
illuminates with the engine running, the power Low fuel warning light
S35-D-110201-883DEE8B-A008-4DC5-AE18-F92E410CAE65
Information label. The low tire pressure warning
assist to the steering will cease operation but This light illuminates when the fuel in the tank is light does not automatically turn off when the tire
you will still have control of the vehicle. At this getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient, pressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to
time, greater steering efforts are required to preferably before the fuel gauge reaches the 0 the recommended pressure, the vehicle must be
operate the steering wheel, especially in sharp position. driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) to
turns and at low speeds. activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire
There will be a small reserve of fuel pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure
See “Electric power steering system” in the “5. remaining in the tank when the fuel gauge
Starting and driving” section. gauge to check the tire pressure.
reaches E.
The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning (if so
Engine oil pressure warning light
S35-D-110201-C80220D1-03E9-488E-BDF8-81593D799430 Low tire pressure warning light equipped) is active as long as the low tire
GUID-2B04969B-D277-451A-A047-99EE83E91ECC
This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If the Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure pressure warning light remains illuminated.
light flickers or illuminates during normal driving, Monitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tire For additional information, see “Vehicle informa-
pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engine pressure of all tires except the spare. tion display” later in this section, “Tire Pressure
immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other
The low tire pressure warning light warns of low Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting
authorized repair shop.
tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not and driving” section and “Tire Pressure Monitor-
The engine oil pressure warning light is functioning properly. ing System (TPMS)” in the “6. In case of
not designed to indicate a low oil level. emergency” section.
Use the dipstick to check the oil level. (See After the ignition switch is turned ON, this light
illuminates for about 1 second and turns off. TPMS malfunction:
“Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it- GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
yourself” section.) Low tire pressure warning: If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the low
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi-
If the vehicle is being driven with low tire
mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is
pressure, the warning light will illuminate. A
CAUTION CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning (if so
turned ON. The light will remain on after 1
minute. Have the system checked by a NISSAN
equipped) also appears in the vehicle informa-
Running the engine with the engine oil dealer. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning
tion display.
pressure warning light on could cause (if so equipped) does not appear if the low tire
serious damage to the engine almost When the low tire pressure warning light pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a
immediately. Such damage is not cov- illuminates, you should stop and adjust the tire TPMS malfunction.
ered by warranty. Turn off the engine as pressure to the recommended COLD tire
For additional information, see “Tire Pressure
soon as it is safe to do so. pressure shown on the Tire and Loading
Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting
2-14 Instruments and controls
and driving” section. checked by a NISSAN dealer. If you . Be sure to install the specified size
have a flat tire, replace it with a of tires to the front and rear.
WARNING spare tire as soon as possible.
. When a spare tire is mounted or a Master warning light
S35-D-110201-B0903750-6B3F-4490-9C34-E79202140256
. If the light does not illuminate with wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
the ignition switch turned ON, have function and the low tire pressure the master warning light illuminates if any of the
the vehicle checked by a NISSAN warning light will flash for approxi- following are displayed on the vehicle informa-
dealer as soon as possible. mately 1 minute. The light will tion display.
. If the light illuminates while driving, remain on after 1 minute. Contact
your NISSAN dealer as soon as . Intelligent Key detection warning (if so
avoid sudden steering maneuvers or equipped)
abrupt braking, reduce vehicle possible for tire replacement and/
or system resetting. . Low fuel warning
speed, pull off the road to a safe
location and stop the vehicle as . Replacing tires with those not ori- . Low washer fluid warning (if so equipped)
soon as possible. Driving with un- ginally specified by NISSAN could . Parking brake release warning
der-inflated tires may permanently affect the proper operation of the . Door open warning
damage the tires and increase the TPMS. . Lift gate open warning
likelihood of tire failure. Serious . Loose fuel cap warning
vehicle damage could occur and . Check tire pressure warning (if so equipped)
may lead to an accident and could
result in serious personal injury.
CAUTION . Setting menu operation warning
. Intelligent Key system fault warning (if so
Check the tire pressure for all four
. The TPMS is not a substitute for the equipped)
tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the
regular tire pressure check. Be sure See “Vehicle information display” later in this
recommended COLD tire pressure
to check the tire pressure regularly. section.
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label to turn the low . If the vehicle is being driven at
tire pressure warning light OFF. If speeds of less than 16 MPH (25
the light stays on after adjusting the km/h), the TPMS may not operate
tire pressure and driving over 16 correctly.
MPH (25 km/h), have the system
INDICATOR LIGHTS
S35-D-110201-93D8A153-4B41-4643-9F4D-4E46D2B6B569
Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)
S35-D-110201-F2AAEA88-0C31-456F-B0D1-06BE0BA285F5
fuel-filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP
If the malfunction indicator light illuminates warning appears in the vehicle information
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK display. If the fuel-filler cap is loose or
steady or blinks while the engine is running, it
indicator light (AWD model) missing, tighten or install the cap and
S35-D-110201-FC7B00D5-9770-487E-BFC5-E6D3A121AAFB may indicate a potential emission control and/or
This light illuminates when the ignition switch is Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) mal- continue to drive the vehicle. The light
turned to the ON position, and turns off within 1 function. should turn off after a few driving trips. If the
second. light does not turn off after a few driving
The malfunction indicator light may also illumi- trips, have the vehicle inspected by a
When selecting the LOCK mode while the nate steady if the fuel-filler cap is loose or
engine is running, this light will illuminate. (See NISSAN dealer. You do not need to have
missing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel. Check your vehicle towed to the dealer.
“All-Wheel Drive (AWD)” in the “5. Starting and to make sure the fuel-filler cap is installed and
driving” section.) . Malfunction indicator light blinking — An
closed tightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3
engine misfire has been detected which may
Front passenger air bag status light US gallons (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.
S35-D-110201-CE599749-7443-4418-9473-AB9574042550 damage the emission control system.
The front passenger air bag status light will be lit After a few driving trips, the light should To reduce or avoid emission control system
and the passenger front air bag will be OFF turn off if no other potential emission control damage:
depending on how the front passenger seat is system malfunction exists.
— Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH
being used. If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds (72 km/h).
For front passenger air bag status light opera- and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine — Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.
tion, see “NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System is not running, it indicates that the vehicle is not
— Avoid steep uphill grades.
(front seats)” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat ready for an emission control system inspection/
maintenance test. (See “Readiness for Inspec- — If possible, reduce the amount of cargo
belts and supplemental restraint system” section
tion/Maintenance (I/M) test” in the “9. Technical being hauled or towed.
of this manual.
and consumer information” section.) The malfunction indicator light may stop
High beam indicator light blinking and remain illuminated.
S35-D-110201-07BD5427-AE0D-485E-80A5-812FA0319F8E Operation:
This light illuminates when the headlight high GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN
The malfunction indicator light will illuminate in dealer. You do not need to have your vehicle
beam is on and goes out when the low beam is
one of two ways: towed to the dealer.
selected.
. Malfunction indicator light illuminated steady
— An emission control system and/or CVT
malfunction has been detected. Check the
ParkingS35-D-110201-A0CEFDAA-E25A-4EB3-B94E-E27ED0243C7B
brake reminder chime
The parking brake reminder chime will sound if
the vehicle is driven at more than 4 MPH (7
km/h) with the parking brake applied. Stop the
vehicle and release the parking brake.
Seat belt warning chime
S35-D-110201-B111E09A-3135-472D-8E70-13DED4C26584
The seat belt warning chime will sound for about
6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt is
securely fastened.
Intelligent Key door buzzer (if so
equipped) GUID-B22CE9E1-E8C5-48F1-98CA-8261AC0807CC
When the chime or buzzer sounds from inside
and outside the vehicle, check for the following:
. The ignition switch is turned to the LOCK
position.
. The intelligent Key is not left inside the
vehicle.
. Doors are closed securely.
. The selector lever is in the P position.
When the buzzer sounds, be sure to check both
the vehicle and the Intelligent Key.
See “Intelligent Key system” in the “3. Pre-
driving checks and adjustments” section.
JVI0327X
9. Intelligent key battery discharge in- 12. Low outside temperature warning
GUID-FAB680DE-B0C2-402C-8E2B-4AFE508F4736
The cruise control set indicator (SET) is
dicator (if so GUID-CAFFE8FC-6DF5-4295-88C7-5F990638E820
equipped) This warning appears if the outside temperature displayed while the vehicle speed is controlled
This indicator appears when the Intelligent key drops below 378F (38C) with the ignition switch by the cruise control system. If the SET indicator
battery is running out of power. in the ON position. The outside temperature blinks while the engine is running, it may indicate
display flashes at the same time. These warning that the cruise control system is not functioning
If this indicator appears, replace the battery with properly. Have the system checked by a
a new one. (See “Battery replacement” in the “8. features can be turned off. (See “Trip computer”
later in this section.) NISSAN dealer.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)
For more details, see “Cruise control” in the “5.
10. Intelligent Key system fault warning 13. Low fuel GUID-865D9FDA-A98A-4836-829E-6E8F45765521
warning Starting and driving” section.
(if so equipped) This warning appears when the fuel level in the
GUID-A07A76FA-0B98-4D91-A83E-2BA58990F079
tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is
convenient, preferably before the fuel gauge
CAUTION reaches the empty (0) position.
There is a small reserve of fuel remaining
If the Intelligent Key system fault warn-
in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches
ing comes on, it may indicate a system
the empty (0) position.
malfunction. Contact a NISSAN dealer
for repair. 14. Driver alert
GUID-DBAABE18-07F0-45C6-8584-E84930538F2C
This warning appears when the previously set
For more information, see “Intelligent Key time for a break is reached. You can set the time
system” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and for up to 6 hours in the setting menu. (See “Trip
adjustments” section. computer” later in this section.)
11. Setting menu operation warning
GUID-A8A654A3-3FED-4E7E-8D4D-5F2ADBF361F9
15. Cruise control indicator
GUID-FCFF80D9-8140-4384-9DF4-A8C02BDBC40D
The warning appears when you try to operate The cruise main switch indicator (CRUISE) is
the setting menu while driving. The setting menu displayed when the cruise control main switch is
can only be entered when the vehicle is pushed. When the main switch is pushed again,
stationary. the CRUISE indicator disappears. When the
CRUISE indicator is displayed, the cruise
control system is operational.
Instruments and controls 2-23
SIC4551
TRIP COMPUTER
S35-D-110201-032DC1AF-C190-4089-A120-1FC1894A1A57
To operate the trip computer, use the *
A
switch.
When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
modes of the trip computer can be selected by
pushing the switch *A briefly.
4. Elapsed Time
S35-D-110201-39A88963-3DC3-4B35-9DF4-19A7D86695A0
On or Off.
The Elapsed Time mode shows the time since . [24/12 Hr]
the last reset. The displayed time can be reset Select this submenu to set the 12h/24h time
by pushing and holding the switch *A for display mode.
less than 3 seconds. To return to the top page of the setting mode,
select “BACK”.
5. Range (distance to empty) (dte —
miles or km) GUID-BF637651-F7B6-4978-AC45-413FCB319447 The time display may be different from the one
on the audio display.
The distance to empty (dte) mode provides you
with an estimation of the distance that can be Units: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
driven before refueling. The dte is constantly The units can be set for the following items on
being calculated based on the amount of fuel in this menu.
the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption. . Temperature
SIC4542
The display is updated every 30 seconds. . Distance/Fuel
The dte mode includes a low range warning 6. Settings To return to the top page of the setting mode,
S35-D-110201-46255287-1DE0-4853-A809-29D55EC182BE
feature. If the fuel level is low, the warning is Setting cannot be made while driving. select “BACK”.
displayed on the screen.
When the fuel level drops even lower, the dte
The switch *
A is used to select and set Maintenance: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
the item. The maintenance intervals of the following items
display will change to “----”.
Turn the *
A switch to select or adjust and can be set or reset for the reminders.
. If the amount of fuel added is small, the push to set. . SERVICE
display just before the ignition switch is
turned to the “OFF” position may continue to Clock: Select this submenu to set or reset the
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
distance for service due.
be displayed. Clock adjustment can be set on this menu.
. TIRE
. When driving uphill or rounding curves, the . Set Clock
fuel in the tank shifts, which may momenta- Select this submenu to set or reset the
Adjust the time (hour and minute) of the
rily change the display. distance for replacing tires.
clock.
. OTHER
. [On] or [Off]
Select this submenu and set or reset the
Select this submenu to set the clock display
distance for items other than service or tires.
Instruments and controls 2-27
SECURITY SYSTEMS
S35-D-110201-36B2AB1C-293A-4BB8-A8C4-91B4FF80CB04
with again. NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS- FCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry Cana-
The alarm is activated by: TEM da. Operation is subject to the following
GUID-52296442-4547-4FA1-9662-0A05BE6E48F5
The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not two conditions;
. Unlocking the door without using the keyfob,
the Intelligent Key (if so equipped) the allow the engine to start without the use of the (1) This device may not cause harmful
request switch (if so equipped) or the key. registered key. interference, and (2) this device must
(Even if the door is opened by releasing the If the engine fails to start using the registered accept any interference received, including
door inside lock knob, the alarm will key, it may be due to interference caused by interference that may cause undesired
activate.) another registered key, an automated toll road operation of the device.
device or automated payment device on the key CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX-
How to stop GUID-22EF1D00-401F-445E-9D49-7B8AEBA716D0
an activated alarm
ring. Restart the engine using the following PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY
The alarm will stop by unlocking a door by procedures: RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD
pushing the unlock button on the keyfob or VOID THE USER’S AUTHORITY TO OPER-
Intelligent Key, pushing the request switch or 1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON position
for approximately 5 seconds. ATE THE EQUIPMENT.
using the key. The alarm will not stop if the
ignition switch is turned to the ACC or ON 2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK
position. position and wait approximately 10 seconds.
If the system does not operate as de- 3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again.
scribed above, have it checked by a 4. Restart the engine while holding the device
NISSAN dealer. (which may have caused the interference)
separate from the registered key.
If this procedure allows the engine to start,
NISSAN recommends placing the regis-
tered key on a separate key ring to avoid
interference from other devices.
Statement related to section 15 of FCC
rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer
System (CONT ASSY-BCM. ANT ASSY-
IMMOBILISER)
This device complies with part 15 of the
2-30 Instruments and controls
CAUTION
SIC2045
. Do not operate the washer continu-
Security indicator light
GUID-B6969E9E-2AE7-4B89-9C71-367597E1FAA0
ously for more than 30 seconds.
The security indicator light is located on the . Do not operate the washer if the
meter panel. It indicates the status of the reservoir tank is empty.
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. . Do not fill the window washer
The light blinks after the ignition switch was in reservoir tank with washer fluid
the LOCK position. This function indicates the concentrates at full strength. Some
security systems equipped on the vehicle are methyl alcohol based washer fluid
operational. concentrates may permanently stain
If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is the grille if spilled while filling the
malfunctioning, this light will remain on while the window washer reservoir tank.
ignition switch is in the ON position. . Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates
If the light still remains on and/or the with water to the manufacturer’s
engine will not start, see a NISSAN dealer recommended levels before pouring
for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System the fluid into the window washer
The rear window wiper and washer operate To defog/defrost the rear window glass and
when the ignition switch is in the ON position. outside mirrors (if so equipped), start the engine
Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position and push the switch on. The indicator light * 1
to operate the wiper. will illuminate. Push the switch again to turn the
defroster off.
*
1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operation (not
adjustable) It will automatically turn off in approximately 15
*2 Low (ON) — continuous low speed operation minutes.
Push the switch forward * 3 to operate the
washer. Then the wiper will also operate several
times.
CAUTION
When cleaning the inner side of the rear
window, be careful not to scratch or
damage the rear window defroster.
an oncoming driver or the driver The autolight system allows the headlights to be
ahead of you and cause a serious set so they turn on and off automatically.
accident. If headlights are not aimed To set the autolight system:
correctly, immediately take your ve- 1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the
hicle to a NISSAN dealer and have AUTO position.
the headlights adjusted correctly.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
When the xenon headlight is initially turned on, 3. The autolight system automatically turns the
its brightness or color varies slightly. However, headlights on and off.
the color and brightness will soon stabilize. To turn the autolight system off, turn the switch
. The life of xenon headlights will be to the OFF, or position.
shortened by frequent on-off opera- The autolight system can turn on the headlights
tion. It is generally desirable not to turn automatically when it is dark and turn off the
SAA1755 SIC4565
Type A
Be sure not to put anything on top of the
photo sensor * 1 located on the top of the
instrument panel. The photo sensor con-
trols the autolight; if it is covered, the
photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the
headlights will illuminate.
SIC4566
Type B
HEADLIGHT SWITCH
S35-D-110201-D3180DCA-291B-41E0-9575-59BFC897CD0C
Battery saverGUID-C87E6811-F73E-43C4-B263-0CDDFD967519
system
Lighting . When the headlight switch is in the or
GUID-883639D7-CE21-42AD-BB55-8D5AA7204896
position while the ignition switch is in
*1 Turn the switch to the position:
the ON position, the lights will automatically
The front park, side marker, tail, license plate and
instrument lights will come on. turn off 5 minutes after the ignition switch
*2 Turn the switch to the position: has been turned to the OFF position.
Headlights will come on and all the other lights . When the headlight switch remains in the
remain on. or position after the lights auto-
matically turn off, the lights will turn on when
the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.
SIC3484 CAUTION
Headlight beam select
GUID-C74B6A43-085A-4AE9-8DC9-9FFF2FAB7C5C . When you turn on the headlight
*
1 To select the low beam, put the lever in the neutral switch again after the lights auto-
position as shown. matically turn off, the lights will not
*
2 To select the high beam, push the lever forward turn off automatically. Be sure to
while the switch is in the position. Pull it back turn the light switch to the OFF
to select the low beam.
position when you leave the vehicle
*3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash the headlight
for extended periods of time, other-
high beam even when the headlight switch is in
the OFF position. wise the battery will be discharged.
. Never leave the light switch on
when the engine is not running for
extended periods of time even if the
headlights turn off automatically.
axis may be higher than desired. If the vehicle is The daytime running lights automatically illumi-
traveling on a hilly road, the headlights may nate when the engine is started with the parking
directly hit the rearview mirror of the vehicle brake released. The daytime running lights
ahead or the windshield of the oncoming operate with the headlight switch in the OFF
vehicle. The light axis can be lowered with the position or in the position. Turn the head-
operation of the switch. light switch to the position for full illumina-
tion when driving at night.
The larger the number designated on the switch,
the lower the axis. If the parking brake is applied before the engine
is started, the daytime running lights do not
When traveling with no heavy load or on a flat
illuminate. The daytime running lights illuminate
road, select position 0.
once the parking brake is released. The daytime
running lights will remain on until the ignition
Instruments and controls 2-37
SIC3404 CAUTION
To sound the horn, push the center pad area of . The battery could run down if the
the steering wheel. seat heater is operated while the
engine is not running.
WARNING . Do not use the seat heater for
extended periods or when no one
Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so is using the seat.
could affect proper operation of the . Do not put anything on the seat
supplemental front air bag system. which insulates heat, such as a
Tampering with the supplemental front blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc.
air bag system may result in serious Otherwise, the seat may become
personal injury. overheated.
. Do not place anything hard or heavy
on the seat or pierce it with a pin or
similar object. This may result in
SIC3355
CAUTION
. The outlet and plug may be hot
during or immediately after use.
. Do not use with accessories that
exceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power
draw. Do not use double adapters or
more than one electrical accessory.
. Use power outlet with the engine
SSD1153 SIC3492 running to avoid discharging the
Instrument panel vehicle battery.
The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle
Dynamic Control (VDC) system on for most . Avoid using power outlet when the
driving conditions. air conditioner, headlights or rear
If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDC window defroster is on.
system reduces the engine output to reduce . This power outlet is not designed
wheel spin. The engine speed will be reduced for use with a cigarette lighter unit.
even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor. . Push the plug in as far as it will go.
If maximum engine power is needed to free a If good contact is not made, the plug
stuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off. may overheat or the internal tem-
To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFF perature fuse may open.
switch. The indicator will illuminate. . Before inserting or disconnecting a
Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the plug, be sure the electrical acces-
engine to turn on the system. (See “Vehicle sory being used is turned OFF.
Dynamic Control (VDC) system” in the “5. SIC3493
Starting and driving” section.) Center console (if so equipped)
STORAGES
S35-D-110201-CF7976D3-F285-4050-AFD1-1371CF792F0B
SIC3495 SIC3496
Rear
SUNGLASSES HOLDER
To open the cup holder, pull the lid. S35-D-110201-7D49A2AA-DD28-4615-B72E-A1CBFE395B60
WARNING
Keep the sunglasses holder closed
while driving to prevent an accident.
CAUTION
. Do not use for anything other than
glasses.
GLOVE S35-D-110201-F9260F73-5260-4688-8D88-814B9E5BA4ED
BOX
WARNING
Keep glove box lid closed while driving
to help prevent injury in an accident or a
sudden stop.
*
C Removable partition (if so equipped) To open the console boxes, push up the knob
To remove the partition, pull it out. *A and pull up the lid.
SIC3498
CAUTION
To avoid damage, do not load more
than 22 lbs (10 kg) of cargo into the
luggage floor box.
SIC4530 SIC4267
Type A
Type B: To open the luggage floor box, pull the LUGGAGE SIDE BOX
S35-D-110201-65867C13-C89A-46EC-8E2A-F8212C01D932
handle * B on the lid. To close, push the lid until
To open the luggage side box, pull up the strap.
the lock latches.
The luggage floor box needs to be removed
when you need a spare tire. (See “Flat tire” in the
“6. In case of emergency” section.)
SIC3514
Type B
hooks and hold until it is retracted. cover is not removed, it may da-
To remove the cargo cover, stow the cover and mage the top tether strap during a
pull the holder to the opposite side *
2 . collision. Your child could be ser-
iously injured or killed in a collision
if the child restraint top tether strap
WARNING is damaged.
. Never put anything on the cargo . Do not allow cargo to contact the
cover, no matter how small. Any top tether strap when it is attached
object on it could cause an injury to the top tether anchor. Properly
in an accident or sudden stop. secure the cargo so it does not
contact the top tether strap. Cargo
. Close the cargo cover when folding that is not properly secured or that
the rear seat. contacts the top tether strap may
. Do not leave the cargo cover in the damage the top tether strap during
vehicle with it disengaged from the a collision. Your child could be
holder. seriously injured or killed in a colli-
. Properly secure all cargo with ropes sion if the child restraint top tether
or straps to help prevent it from strap is damaged.
sliding or shifting. Do not place
cargo higher than the seatbacks. In
a sudden stop or collision, unse-
SIC3503
cured cargo could cause personal
CARGO COVER (if so equipped) injury.
S35-D-110201-4D798BFB-9ED7-4FB8-9F2C-7D3C067EF3DC
The cargo cover keeps the contents in the cargo . If the cargo cover contacts the top
area hidden from the outside. tether strap when it is attached to
To use the cargo cover, pull it out and hang both the top tether anchor, remove the
sides on the hooks *1 .
cargo cover from the vehicle or
secure it on the cargo floor below
To stow the cargo cover, remove it from the its attachment location. If the cargo
2-46 Instruments and controls
CAUTION
Do not apply a total load of more than
22 lb (10 kg) *
A or 7 lb (3 kg) *
B to a
single hook.
SIC4550
CAUTION
SIC3504 Do not apply a total load of more than 2
LUGGAGE HOOKS (if so equipped) lb (1 kg) to a single hook.
S35-D-110201-2D988198-3E52-49E3-8EEB-85813B616CF7
WARNING
. Always make sure that the luggage
is properly secured. Use the suitable
ropes and hooks.
Instruments and controls 2-47
WARNING
. Drive extra carefully when the vehi-
cle is loaded at or near the cargo
carrying capacity, especially if the
significant portion of that load is
carried on the roof rack.
. Heavy loading of the roof rack has
the potential to affect the vehicle
stability and handling during sud-
den or unusual handling maneuvers.
SIC3506 SIC3549 . Roof rack load should be evenly
distributed.
UTILITY S35-D-110201-0F642A2D-5628-4E33-83E0-2E6B14382F28
HOOK ROOF RACKGUID-963DC233-F1BF-4195-80FA-612BBCFAEFB2
(if so equipped) . Do not exceed maximum roof rack
To use the utility hook on the seatback, pull it. Secure the crossbars to the roof rail before load weight capacity.
loading. The crossbars are available from a . Properly secure all cargo with ropes
NISSAN dealer. or straps to help prevent it from
CAUTION Always distribute the luggage evenly on the roof sliding or shifting. In a sudden stop
rack. Do not load more than 99 lb (45 kg). Be or collision, unsecured cargo could
. Do not apply a total load of more
careful that your vehicle does not exceed the cause personal injury.
than 6 lb (3 kg) to the hook.
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or its
. Do not use the utility hook to pull Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR front and
the seatback to the upright and rear). The GVWR and GAWR are located on the
locked position. Doing so will cause F.M.V.S.S. or C.V.M.S.S. certification label (lo-
CAUTION
the utility hook to break. cated on the driver’s door pillar). For more
Use care when placing or removing
information regarding GVWR and GAWR, see
items from the roof rack. If you cannot
“Vehicle loading information” in the “9. Technical
comfortably lift the items onto the roof
and consumer information” section.
2-48 Instruments and controls
WINDOWS
S35-D-110201-EF5A4CAB-3CE8-402A-B85B-F12E85049006
SIC3508 SIC3509
window, push and hold the switch. If the windows do not close automatically
GUID-4366A858-91A3-4739-91C0-DACFB774B6DE
A light push or pull on the switch will cause the If the power window automatic function (closing WARNING
window to open or close until the switch is only) does not operate properly, perform the
released. following procedure to initialize the power . In an accident you could be thrown
window system. from the vehicle through an open
Auto-reverseGUID-CD58E688-0E5F-4849-A2F9-9DCE763F2A71
function (if so equipped) moonroof. Always use seat belts
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
and child restraints.
2. Close the door.
WARNING . Do not allow anyone to stand up or
3. Open the window completely by operating extend any portion of their body out
There are some small distances imme- the power window switch. of the moonroof opening while the
diately before the closed position which 4. Pull the power window switch and hold it to vehicle is in motion or while the
cannot be detected. Make sure that all close the window, and then hold the switch moonroof is closing.
passengers have their hands, etc., in- more than 3 seconds after the window is
side the vehicle before closing the closed completely.
window. 5. Release the power window switch. Operate CAUTION
the window by the automatic function to
If the control unit detects something caught in confirm the initialization is complete. . Remove water drops, snow, ice or
the window as it is closing, the window will be If the power window automatic function does sand from the moonroof before
immediately lowered. not operate properly after performing the pro- opening.
The auto reverse function can be activated when cedure above, have your vehicle checked by a . Do not place any heavy object on
the window is closed by automatic operation NISSAN dealer. the moonroof or surrounding area.
when the ignition switch is in the ON position or
for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is turned
to the OFF position.
Depending on the environment or driving
conditions, the auto reverse function may
be activated if an impact or load similar to
something being caught in the window
occurs.
Instruments and controls 2-51
AUTOMATICGUID-795A67FE-3AA6-4D5F-A971-C344A69CEBB7
MOONROOF Auto reverse function
S35-D-110201-AF18E966-5C54-4980-BC51-E872555FB4DF
The moonroof only operates when the ignition
switch is in the ON position. WARNING
The automatic moonroof is operational for about
45 seconds, even if the ignition switch is turned There are some small distances imme-
to the OFF position. If the driver’s door or the diately before the closed position which
passenger’s door is opened during this period of cannot be detected. Make sure that all
about 45 seconds, power to the moonroof is passengers have their hands, etc., in-
canceled. side the vehicle before closing the
moonroof.
Sunshade
S35-D-110201-6A117BAD-3314-4417-9693-3DEEE0575E80
The sunshade will open automatically when the
If the control unit detects something caught in
moonroof is opened. However, it must be closed
SIC3510 the moonroof when it is closing, the moonroof
manually.
will be immediately opened.
Sliding the moonroof
GUID-E58CB540-F94C-4392-847D-DF07AA0A152B The auto reverse function can be activated when
To fully open or close the moonroof, push the the moonroof is closed by automatic operation
switch toward *1 or *2 and release when the ignition switch is in the ON position or
it; it need not be held. The roof will automatically for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is
open or close all the way. To stop the roof, push turned to the OFF position.
the switch in any direction while it is opening or If the moonroof cannot be closed automatically
closing. when the auto reverse function activates due to
Tilting the moonroof a malfunction, push and hold the switch toward
GUID-F8514024-28D3-4F20-A4B9-9C5D9274A6BB
To tilt up, first close the moonroof by pushing the
*2 .
switch toward *2 . Push the switch toward Depending on the environment or driving
*2 again and release it; it need not be conditions, the auto reverse function may
held. To tilt down the moonroof, push the switch be activated if an impact or load similar to
toward * 1 . something being caught in the moonroof
occurs.
INTERIOR LIGHTS
S35-D-110201-6554559D-EE81-4A45-B1ED-9C063E192D41
DOOR S35-D-110201-6D5F4D58-B171-4027-B458-15DB5CE5FB39
position OFF position
S35-D-110201-55BC51B8-E593-4DF0-A4A4-C808144A2F0B
When the switch is in the DOOR position * 2 , When the switch is in the OFF position * 3 , the
the map lights will illuminate under the following map lights will not illuminate, regardless of the
conditions: condition.
. ignition switch is turned to the LOCK
position
— remain on for about 15 seconds.
. doors are unlocked by pushing the unlock
button (on the keyfob or Intelligent Key)
or the request switch (Intelligent Key system
equipped model), with the ignition switch in
the LOCK position
— remain on for about 15 seconds. SIC3513
. any door is opened and then closed with the
ignition switch in the LOCK position
CEILING LIGHT
GUID-BE9CB642-0C31-473C-A93E-63673165372B
— remain on for about 15 seconds. The ceiling light switch has three positions: ON,
DOOR and OFF.
. any door is opened with the ignition switch
in the ACC or ON position ON position
S35-D-110201-70BCA29A-4C18-4168-8B6D-98BE0BE33E7F
— remain on while the door is opened. When the switch is in the ON position *
1 , the
When the door is closed, the lights go ceiling light will illuminate.
off.
The lights will turn off after 30 minutes DOORS35-D-110201-96E5D9BB-55A7-44D8-B0DC-A27CDCB014C4
position
when the lights remain illuminated to When the switch is in the DOOR position * 2 ,
prevent the battery from becoming dis- the ceiling light will illuminate under the following
charged. conditions:
. ignition switch is turned to the LOCK
position
The light will turn off after 30 minutes the cover on the vanity mirror is opened. light illuminates while the lift gate is opened.
when the lights remain illuminated to When the cover is closed, the light will turn off. When the lift gate is closed, the light will turn off.
prevent the battery from becoming dis- The lights will turn off after 30 minutes When the switch is in the OFF position *
2 , the
charged. when the lights remain illuminated to light will turn off.
prevent the battery from becoming dis- The light will turn off after 30 minutes
OFF position
S35-D-110201-D2E4CC19-C6A3-43E3-A546-AEDCAD5B81E9 charged. when the lights remain illuminated to
When the switch is in the OFF position * 3 , the
prevent the battery from becoming dis-
ceiling light will not illuminate, regardless of the charged.
condition.
HomeLink® UNIVERSAL
TRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)
S35-D-110201-66C2B4FC-EF3E-4734-84F9-A3A414FE2874
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver provides a PROGRAMMING HomeLink®
reverse features as required by S35-D-110201-D5C00885-9125-4196-B013-1D365942DDA0
convenient way to consolidate the functions of
federal safety standards. (These To program your HomeLink® Transceiver to
up to three individual hand-held transmitters into
standards became effective for operate a garage door, gate, or entry door
one built-in device.
opener models manufactured after opener, home or office lighting, you need to be
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver: April 1, 1982.) A garage door opener at the same location as the device. Note:
. Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF) which cannot detect an object in the Garage door openers (manufactured after
devices such as garage doors, gates, home path of a closing garage door and 1996) have “rolling code protection”. To pro-
and office lighting, entry door locks and then automatically stop and reverse, gram a garage door opener equipped with
security systems. does not meet current federal safety “rolling code protection”; you will need to use
. Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. No standards. Using a garage door a ladder to get up to the garage door opener
separate batteries are required. If the opener without these features in- motor to be able to access the “smart or learn”
vehicle’s battery is discharged or is dis- creases the risk of serious injury or program button.
connected, HomeLink® will retain all pro- death.
gramming. . During programming procedure,
Once HomeLink® Universal Transceiver is your garage door or security gate
programmed, retain the original transmit- may open or close. Make sure that
ter for future programming procedures people and objects are clear of the
(Example: new vehicle purchases). Upon garage door, gate, etc. that you are
sale of the vehicle, the programmed programming.
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttons . Your vehicle’s engine should be
should be erased for security purposes. turned off while programming
For additional information, see “Program- HomeLink® Universal Transceiver.
ming HomeLink®” later in this section.
WARNING
. Do not use HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver with any garage door
opener that lacks safety stop and
2-56 Instruments and controls
HomeLink® button you’ve just programmed. NOTE: surface. Hold the transmitter in that position
Push and release the HomeLink® button up If programming a garage door opener, etc., for up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink® is not
to three times to complete the training. it is advised to unplug the device during programmed within that time, try holding the
8. Your HomeLink® button should now be the “cycling” process to prevent possible transmitter in another position - keeping the
programmed. To program the remaining damage to the garage door opener com- indicator light in view at all times.
HomeLink® buttons for additional door or ponents. If you continue to have programming difficulties,
gate openers, follow steps 2 through 8 only. OPERATING THE HomeLink® UNIVER- please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs
SAL TRANSCEIVER Department. The phone numbers are located in
NOTE: S35-D-110201-2F4ADB5B-DB01-458A-B276-C4210429C7AD
the Foreword of this Owner’s Manual.
Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (once pro-
“clear” all previously programmed grammed) may now be used to activate the CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN-
HomeLink® buttons. garage door, etc. To operate, simply push the FORMATION
S35-D-110201-27C5AE41-4F1F-4D07-8C90-BF387497020E
appropriate programmed HomeLink® Universal Individual buttons cannot be cleared, however to
If you have any questions or are having difficulty
Transceiver button. The red indicator light will clear all programming, push and hold the two
programming your HomeLink® buttons, please
illuminate while the signal is being transmitted. outside buttons and release when the indicator
refer to the HomeLink® web site at: www.
homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515. PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-DIAGNO- light begins to flash (in approximately 20
SIS seconds).
PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FOR CA- S35-D-110201-0B7FA6ED-FEC7-47F2-8980-375FA4DA8824
NADIAN CUSTOMERS If HomeLink® does not quickly learn the hand- REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE
®
GUID-6ACFA63C-38E7-40AC-9D44-7085C554AF73
held transmitter information: HomeLink BUTTON
Prior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations required S35-D-110201-6CBBA29C-5D44-408B-8B3F-6BE900E6D619
hand-held transmitters to stop transmitting after . replace the hand-held transmitter batteries To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal Transcei-
2 seconds. To program your hand-held trans- with new batteries. ver button, complete the following.
mitter to HomeLink®, continue to push and hold . position the hand-held transmitter with its 1. Push and hold the desired HomeLink ®
the HomeLink® button (note steps 2 through 4 battery area facing away from the button. Do not release the button until step
under “Programming HomeLink®”) while you HomeLink® surface. 4 has been completed.
push and re-push (“cycle”) your hand-held . push and hold both the HomeLink® and 2. When the indicator light begins to flash
transmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator hand-held transmitter buttons without inter- slowly (after 20 seconds), position the
light flashes rapidly (indicating successful pro- ruption. hand-held transmitter 2 to 5 in (50 to 127
gramming). . position the hand-held transmitter 2 to 5 in mm) away from the HomeLink® surface.
(50 to 127 mm) away from the HomeLink®
3. Push and hold the hand-held transmitter device must accept any interference that
button. may be received, including interference
4. The HomeLink® indicator light will flash, first that may cause undesired operation.
slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator The transmitter has been tested and
light begins to flash rapidly, release both complies with FCC and DOC/MDC rules.
buttons. Changes or modifications not expressly
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button approved by the party responsible for
has now been reprogrammed. The new device compliance could void the user’s authority
can be activated by pushing the HomeLink® to operate the device.
button that was just programmed. This proce- DOC: ISTC 1763K1313
dure will not affect any other programmed FCC I.D.: CB2V67690
HomeLink® buttons.
IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN
S35-D-110201-0E33C5C3-FB03-4FDB-B7CB-C54F97BF0844
If your vehicle is stolen, you should change the
codes of any non-rolling code device that has
been programmed into HomeLink®. Consult the
Owner’s Manual of each device or call the
manufacturer or dealer of those devices for
additional information.
When your vehicle is recovered, you will
need to reprogram the HomeLink® Univer-
sal Transceiver with your new transmitter
information.
FCC Notice:
This device complies with FCC rules part
15. Operation is subject to the following
two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference and (2) This
MEMO
Keys ..............................................................................................
... 3-2 Warning signals ..............................................................
... 3-14
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys ................... ... 3-2 Troubleshooting guide ..................................................
... 3-15
Intelligent Keys (if so equipped) .....................................
... 3-3 How to use remote keyless entry function .............. ... 3-16
Doors ............................................................................................
... 3-4 Hood .........................................................................................
... 3-20
Locking with key ..................................................................
... 3-5 Lift gate ....................................................................................
... 3-21
Locking with inside lock knob ..........................................
... 3-5 Lift gate release ..............................................................
... 3-22
Locking with power door lock switch ............................ ... 3-5 Fuel-filler door ........................................................................
... 3-22
Automatic door locks .........................................................
... 3-6 Opening the fuel-filler door .........................................
... 3-22
Child safety rear door lock ...............................................
... 3-6 Fuel-filler cap ..................................................................
... 3-22
Remote keyless entry system (if so equipped) ................. ... 3-7 Steering wheel .......................................................................
... 3-24
How to use remote keyless entry system ..................... ... 3-8 Tilt operation ...................................................................
... 3-24
Intelligent Key system (if so equipped) ............................ ... 3-10 Sun visors ................................................................................
... 3-25
Intelligent Key operating range .....................................
... 3-12 Mirrors ......................................................................................
... 3-25
Door locks/unlocks precaution ....................................
... 3-12 Inside mirror .....................................................................
... 3-25
Intelligent Key operation .................................................
... 3-13 Outside mirrors ...............................................................
... 3-27
Vanity mirror .....................................................................
... 3-28
KEYS
S35-D-110201-DE70668C-DA04-469B-B5C4-09EB700CFDF7
A key number plate is supplied with your keys. duplicate your existing key. As many as 5 keys
Record the key number and keep it in a safe can be used with one vehicle. You should bring
place (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If all the registered keys that you have to a
you lose your keys, see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN dealer for registration. This is because
duplicates by using the key number. NISSAN the registration process will erase the memory of
does not record any key numbers so it is very all key codes previously registered into the
important to keep track of your key number plate. NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. After the
registration process, these components will only
A key number is only necessary when you have
recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle
lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate
Immobilizer System during registration. Any key
from. If you still have a key, this key can be
that is not given to your dealer at the time of
duplicated by a NISSAN dealer.
registration will no longer be able to start your
vehicle.
SPA2405
nents when registering new keys, be sure to take equipment and personal computers.
all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN
dealer.
CAUTION
. Do not allow the Intelligent Key,
which contains electrical compo-
nents, to come into contact with
water or salt water. This could affect
the system function.
. Do not drop the Intelligent Key.
SPA2406 . Do not strike the Intelligent Key
1. Intelligent Key (2) sharply against another object.
2. Mechanical key (inside Intelligent Key) (2) . If the outside temperature is below
3. Key number plate (1) 148F (-108C) degrees, the battery of
INTELLIGENT KEYS (if so equipped) the intelligent key may not function
S35-D-110201-D15F2CE6-CCCA-4C47-A594-B5FAFAF94A86
Your vehicle can only be driven with the properly.
Intelligent Keys which are registered to your . Do not place the Intelligent Key for
vehicle’s Intelligent Key system components and an extended period in an area where
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System compo- temperatures exceed 1408F (608C).
nents. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be . Do not attach the Intelligent Key
registered and used with one vehicle. The new with a key holder that contains a
keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer magnet.
prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and
. Do not place the Intelligent Key near
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your
equipment that produces a mag-
vehicle. Since the registration process requires
netic field, such as a TV, audio
erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key compo-
DOORS
S35-D-110201-11F4111D-00C7-425A-8CBE-258C29021D15
CAUTION WARNING
Always carry the mechanical key in- . Always have the doors locked while
stalled in the Intelligent Key. driving. Along with the use of seat
belts, this provides greater safety in
the event of an accident by helping
to prevent persons from being
thrown from the vehicle. This also
helps keep children and others from
unintentionally opening the doors,
and will help keep out intruders.
. Before opening any door, always
SPA2033
look for and avoid oncoming traffic.
Mechanical key . Do not leave children unattended
S35-D-110201-9601DF7C-3FF9-40D5-B6B8-9E5EEEBD0038
To remove the mechanical key, release the lock inside the vehicle. They could un-
knob at the back of the Intelligent Key. knowingly activate switches or con-
trols. Unattended children could
To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it into become involved in serious acci-
the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to dents.
the lock position.
Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the
doors. (See “Doors” later in this section.)
LockoutS35-D-110201-D9159B01-8C96-4797-ADA7-C072902F1545
protection 5. The ignition switch must be placed in the
When the power door lock switch (driver or front OFF and ON position again between each
passenger) is moved to the lock position with setting change.
the key in the ignition switch or the Intelligent When the automatic door unlock system is
Key in the vehicle and any door open, all doors deactivated, the doors do not unlock when the
will lock and unlock automatically. ignition switch is placed in the OFF position. To
This function helps to prevent the keys from unlock the door manually, use the inside lock
being accidentally locked inside the vehicle. knob or the power door lock switch (driver’s or
front passenger’s side).
AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS
S35-D-110201-9792C716-DB41-40DC-A515-5B1BB12E9151
. All doors lock automatically when the vehicle
speed reaches 15 MPH (24 km/h).
. All doors unlock automatically when the
SPA2037
ignition switch is placed in the OFF position.
The automatic unlock function can be CHILD S35-D-110201-E7140EBB-C56B-4EFA-B4A0-B356D8C49F31
SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK
deactivated or activated. To deactivate or
Child safety rear door locks help prevent the rear
activate the automatic door unlock system,
doors from being opened accidentally, espe-
perform the following procedure:
cially when small children are in the vehicle.
1. Close all doors.
When the levers are in the lock position
2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position. *1 , the rear doors can be opened only
3. Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2, from the outside.
push and hold the power door lock switch to To disengage, move the levers to the unlock
the position (UNLOCK) for more than 5 position *
2 .
seconds.
4. When activated, the hazard indicator will
flash twice. When deactivated, the hazard
indicator will flash once.
pushed, neither the hazard indicator nor the horn Mode (Pushing the or button) DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK
operates. HAZARD - twice HAZARD - once
Hazard indicator and horn mode
HORN - once HORN - none
Hazard indicator mode HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none
Switching procedure:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To switch the hazard indicator and horn opera-
tion, push the LOCK *1 and UNLOCK
*2 buttons on the keyfob simultaneously
for more than 2 seconds.
. When the hazard indicator mode is set, the
hazard indicator flashes 3 times.
. When the hazard indicator and horn mode is
set, the hazard indicator flashes once and
the horn chirps once.
NOS1695
water or salt water. This could affect recommends erasing the ID code of that
the system function. Intelligent Key from the vehicle. This may prevent
the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to
. Do not drop the Intelligent Key. operate the vehicle. For information regarding
. Do not strike the Intelligent Key the erasing procedure, contact a NISSAN deal-
sharply against another object. er.
. Do not change or modify the Intel- The Intelligent Key function can be disabled. For
ligent Key. information about disabling the Intelligent Key
. Wetting may damage the Intelligent function, contact a NISSAN dealer.
Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,
immediately wipe until it is comple-
tely dry.
. If the outside temperature is below
148F (−108C) degrees, the battery of
the Intelligent Key may not function
properly.
. Do not place the Intelligent Key for
an extended period in an area where
temperatures exceed 1408F (608C).
. Do not attach the Intelligent Key
with a key holder that contains a
magnet.
. Do not place the Intelligent Key near
equipment that produces a mag-
netic field, such as a TV, audio
equipment, personal computers or
cellular phone.
SPA2074 SPA2407
INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING switches may not function. DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAU-
RANGE S35-D-110201-78F9827F-C347-4841-AFF5-1DE018677F6B When the Intelligent Key is within the operating TION GUID-5B258DE1-6D3E-4530-A070-24F6EB804D09
The Intelligent Key functions can only be used range, it is possible for anyone who does not . Do not push the door handle request switch
when the Intelligent Key is within the specified carry the Intelligent Key to push the request with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as
operating range from the request switch * 1 . switch to lock/unlock the doors including the lift illustrated. The close distance to the door
When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or gate. handle will cause the Intelligent Key system
strong radio waves are present near the operat- to have difficulty recognizing that the In-
ing location, the Intelligent Key system’s operat- telligent Key is outside the vehicle.
ing range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent . After locking with the door handle request
Key may not function properly. switch, verify the doors are securely locked
by testing them.
The operating range is within 31.50 in (80 cm)
from each request switch * 1 . . To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left
inside the vehicle, make sure you carry the
If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door key with you and then lock the doors.
glass, handle or rear bumper, the request
SPA2408 SPA2409
SPA2410
When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, you when the Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle. WARNING SIGNALS
S35-D-110201-0D8A99B7-E65C-4934-A016-E4324CF1EA91
can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door However, when an Intelligent Key is inside the The Intelligent Key system is equipped with a
handle request switch (driver’s or front passen- vehicle, doors can be locked with another function that is designed to minimize improper
ger’s) *
A or lift gate request switch * B within registered Intelligent Key. operations and to help prevent the vehicle from
the range of operation. being stolen. The warning buzzer sounds and
Unlocking doors
S35-D-110201-B5E33822-CFDC-4AA1-AD0F-54BBE3729FBB
When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazard the warning display appears on the vehicle
1. Push the door handle request switch * A or
indicator will flash and the horn (or the outside information display when improper operations
the lift gate request switch * B while
chime) will sound as a confirmation. For details, are detected.
carrying the Intelligent Key with you.
see “Setting hazard indicator and horn mode”
later in this section. 2. The hazard indicator flashes once and out-
side chime sounds once. The corresponding CAUTION
LockingS35-D-110201-8EA6E22F-8395-4193-8EB5-5A139EFC2C10
doors door or the lift gate will unlock.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK 3. Push the request switch again within 5 When the buzzer sounds and the warn-
position.*1 seconds. ing display appears, be sure to check
2. Carry the Intelligent Key with you. both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key.
4. The hazard indicator flashes once and out-
3. Close all the doors.*2 side chime sounds once again. All the doors
4. Push the door handle request switch (dri- and the lift gate will unlock.
ver’s or front passenger’s) *A or the lift All doors will be locked automatically unless one
gate request switch * B while carrying the of the following operations is performed within 1
Intelligent Key with you.*3 minute after pushing the request switch while
5. All the doors and the lift gate will lock. the doors are locked.
6. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the . Opening any doors.
outside chime sounds twice. . Pushing the ignition switch.
*1: Doors will lock with the request switch while . Inserting the mechanical key into the ignition
the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position. switch.
During this 1-minute time period, if the UNLOCK
*2: Doors will not lock with the request switch
button on the Intelligent Key is pushed, all
while any door is open.
doors will be locked automatically after another
*3: Doors will not lock with the request switch 1 minute.
3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
S35-D-110201-F67E3182-54C1-4F8E-8206-45B5D1438491
HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS the system function. conditions around the vehicle.)
ENTRY S35-D-110201-CF29B22E-A85F-4042-83BE-F5970367F85C
FUNCTION . Do not drop the Intelligent Key. The remote keyless entry function will not
operate:
. Do not strike the Intelligent Key
WARNING sharply against another object. . When the Intelligent Key is not within the
operational range.
. Do not change or modify the Intel-
. Radio waves could adversely affect . When the doors are open or not closed
ligent Key.
electric medical equipment. Those securely.
who use a pacemaker should con- . Wetting may damage the Intelligent . When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-
tact the electric medical equipment Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, charged.
manufacturer for the possible influ- immediately wipe until it is comple-
The remote keyless entry function can also
ences before use. tely dry.
operate the vehicle alarm.
. The Intelligent Key transmits radio . Do not place the Intelligent Key for
waves when the buttons are an extended period in an area where
pushed. The FAA advises that the temperatures exceed 1408F (608C).
radio waves may affect aircraft na- . Do not attach the Intelligent Key
vigation and communication sys- with a key holder that contains a
tems. Do not operate the magnet.
Intelligent Key while on an airplane. . Do not place the Intelligent Key near
Make sure the buttons are not equipment that produces a mag-
operated unintentionally when the netic field, such as a TV, audio
unit is stored during a flight. equipment, personal computers or
cellular phone.
Switching procedure:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To switch the hazard indicator and horn opera-
tion, push the LOCK *1 and UNLOCK
*2 buttons on the Intelligent Key simulta-
neously for more than 2 seconds.
. When the hazard indicator mode is set, the
hazard indicator flashes 3 times.
. When the hazard indicator and horn mode is
set, the hazard indicator flashes once and
NOS1695
the horn chirps once.
HOOD
S35-D-110201-3E438177-7161-4F63-AE18-E528B9958B72
WARNING
. Make sure the hood is completely
closed and latched before driving.
Failure to do so could cause the
hood to fly open and result in an
accident.
. If you see steam or smoke coming
from the engine compartment, to
avoid injury do not open the hood.
SPA2412
LIFT GATE
S35-D-110201-3B6AEB5E-E690-4213-A96C-BD4949D8360D
locks.
WARNING
. Always be sure the lift gate has
been closed securely to prevent it
from opening while driving.
. Do not drive with the lift gate open.
This could allow dangerous exhaust
gases to be drawn into the vehicle.
See “Exhaust gas (carbon monox-
ide)” in the “5. Starting and driving”
section of this manual.
. Make sure that all passengers have SPA2413
their hands, etc. inside the vehicle
before closing the lift gate. To open the lift gate, unlock it and push the
opener switch *A . Pull up the lift gate to open.
FUEL-FILLER DOOR
S35-D-110201-2B147586-63E0-4DF3-B881-8610B6736448
STEERING WHEEL
S35-D-110201-080D2004-4570-4B0C-B875-A5DE896B6841
WARNING
Do not adjust the steering wheel while
driving. You could lose control of your
vehicle and cause an accident.
SPA2807 SPA2383
LOOSES35-D-110201-7BDBA3A1-1B36-47D7-8D3F-6BCA39874459
FUEL CAP warning TILT OPERATION
S35-D-110201-28BA420D-969D-46F3-B289-6F251133B52B
The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears on the Pull the lock lever down *1 and adjust the
vehicle information display when the fuel-filler steering wheel up or down * 2 to the desired
SPA2447 SPA2143
INSIDE S35-D-110201-67D1410D-36D6-4377-944E-434F7B628FFC
MIRROR Manual S35-D-110201-7FA2E3AD-51E8-43DF-93EA-2C31AEAE2711
anti-glare type
Adjust the height and the angle of the inside The night position *1 will reduce glare from the
mirror to the desired position. headlights of vehicles behind you at night.
Use the day position *
2 when driving in daylight
hours.
SIC2872
WARNING
1. To block out glare from the front, swing
down the sun visor *
1 . Use the night position only when ne-
2. To block glare from the side, remove the sun cessary, because it reduces rear view
visor from the center mount and swing it to clarity.
the side *2 .
SPA2422
Type A: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the system is turned on, the indicator light
*A will illuminate and excessive glare from the
headlights of the vehicle behind you will be
reduced.
Push the switch *B to make the inside
rearview mirror operate normally and the indi-
cator light will turn off. Push the switch
again to turn the system on.
Do not allow any object to cover the
sensors * C or apply glass cleaner on
them. Doing so will reduce the sensitivity
of the sensors, resulting in improper
operation.
Type B: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
OUTSIDE MIRRORS
S35-D-110201-85E8C1B6-9131-460C-BDC1-2187D806CC2F
When the system is turned on, the indicator light
*A will illuminate and excessive glare from the
WARNING
headlights of the vehicle behind you will be
reduced. Objects viewed in the outside mirror on
Push the switch * B for 3 seconds to make the passenger side are closer than they
the inside mirror operate normally and the appear. Be careful when moving to the
indicator light will turn off. Push the switch right. Using only this mirror could cause
again for 3 seconds to turn the system on. an accident. Use the inside mirror or
Do not hang any objects on the mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly
apply glass cleaner. Doing so will reduce judge distances to other objects.
the sensitivity of the sensor *
C , resulting
in improper operation.
SPA1829 SIC2064
FoldableS35-D-110201-35753C78-8667-43C1-A202-7708082BAF4E
outside mirrors VANITY MIRROR
GUID-077032A8-BE9E-45A3-9146-957D47A5EB9A
Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward the To use the front vanity mirror, pull down the sun
rear of the vehicle. visor and pull up the cover.
MEMO
MEMO
SAFETY NOTE
S35-D-110201-085FF441-F2C8-4C6E-ABB3-F2123CE126F8
tions may result in system malfunctions.
WARNING
. Do not disassemble or modify this
system. If you do, it may result in
accidents, fire, or electric shock.
. Do not use this system if you notice
any abnormality, such as a frozen
screen or lack of sound. Continued
use of the system may result in
accident, fire or electric shock.
. In case you notice any foreign
object in the system hardware, spill
liquid on it, or notice smoke or smell
coming from it, stop using the
system immediately and contact
your nearest NISSAN dealer. Ignor-
ing such conditions may lead to
accidents, fire, or electric shock.
. Park the vehicle in a safe location
and apply the parking brake to view
the images on the front center dis-
play screen using devices connected
to the auxiliary input jacks.
CAUTION
. The glass screen on the liquid
crystal display may break if it is hit
with a hard or sharp object. If the
glass breaks, do not touch the liquid
crystalline material, which contains
a small amount of mercury. In case
of contact with skin, wash immedi-
ately with soap and water.
SAA3377
. To clean the display, use a soft, dry
1. (brightness control) button 8. TUNE/SCROLL knob cloth. If additional cleaning is ne-
2. Display screen 9. Power button/Volume control knob cessary, use a small amount of
3. MAP button* *For Navigation system control buttons, refer to neutral detergent with a soft cloth.
4. NAV button* the separate Navigation System Owner’s Man- Never use a rough cloth, alcohol,
5. TRAF button* ual. benzine, thinner or any kind of
6. SETUP button (P.4-6) solvent or paper towel with a che-
When you use this system, make sure the mical cleaning agent. They will
7. BACK button
engine is running.
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3
4-4 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. OK:
Completes the character input.
Touch screen maintenance
GUID-81BE922F-CC67-4C42-9828-DA9A2B268C8C
If you clean the display screen, use a dry, soft
cloth. If additional cleaning is necessary, use a
small amount of neutral detergent with a soft
cloth. Never spray the screen with water or
detergent. Dampen the cloth first and then wipe
the screen.
HOW TO USE THE BACK BUTTON
GUID-3731A0E9-D30B-4326-87CC-DE42F49C98C6
Push the BACK button to return to the
SAA3388 SAA3389
previous screen.
HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CON-
Other items are adjusted by selecting one of a Inputting characters: TROL AND DISPLAY ON/OFF BUTTON
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 GUID-45C21C47-851E-4C30-8B09-DFE9F060C0A9
set number of conditions. For example, the Touch the letter key * 1 .
Display Mode can be set to “Automatic”, “Day” To change the display brightness, push the
or “Night”. To adjust this type of item, touch the There are some options available when inputting button. Pushing the button again will change the
item * 1 . The item will cycle through the
characters. display to the day or the night display.
available settings and the red indicator lights . 123/ABC: If no operation is performed within 5 seconds,
to the left of the setting condition *2 will come Changes the available character set to the display will return to the previous display.
on or turn off accordingly. numbers. Push and hold the button for more than two
. Space: seconds to turn the display off. Push the button
Inserts a space. again to turn the display on.
. Delete:
Deletes the last inputted character with one
touch. Touch and hold the “Delete” key to
delete all of the characters.
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-5
4-6 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Navigation setup
GUID-B9AA7DEB-75C8-439C-AB2C-CD5EB042E481
Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-
er’s Manual for information regarding this item.
XM setup GUID-EABD1884-04E7-402A-A446-574F90206135
For XM setup, refer to “Audio system” later in
this section.
SAA3391 SAA3392
Select the “System” key to select and/or adjust Select the “Display” key to adjust the appear-
various functions of the system. A screen with ance of the display. The following settings can
additional options will appear. be adjusted:
. Brightness:
The brightness of the display can be set to Very
Bright, Bright, Default, Dark or Very Dark. Touch
the “Brightness” key to cycle through the
options.
. Display Mode:
The display can be adjusted to fit the level of
lighting in the vehicle. Touch the “Display Mode”
key to cycle through the options. “Day” and
“Night” modes are suited for the respective
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-7
SAA3393
Clock: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Select the “Clock” key to adjust the time and the
appearance of the clock on the display. The
following settings can be adjusted:
. Time Format:
The clock can be set to 12 hours or 24 hours.
. Use GPS Clock:
When this setting is activated, the clock is set
and continually updated via the GPS used by
the Navigation System.
. Set Clock Manually:
When this setting is activated, the clock can be
set manually. Touch the “+” or “−” key to adjust
the hours and minutes up or down.
4-8 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Reset all settings/memory: When the selector lever is shifted into the R
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Select the “Reset All Settings/Memory” key to (Reverse) position, the monitor display shows
return all settings to default and to clear the the view to the rear of the vehicle.
memory. The system is designed as an aid to the driver in
detecting large stationary objects to help avoid
Traffic setup GUID-227EBD73-F2E5-4100-A2D1-99989F787550 damaging the vehicle. The system will not detect
Refer to the separate Navigation System Own- small objects below the bumper and may not
er’s Manual for information regarding this item. detect objects close to the bumper or on the
ground.
WARNING
SAA3395 . The rear view camera is a conve-
nience but it is not a substitute for
Language: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
proper backing up. Always turn and
Select the “Language” key to adjust the check that it is safe to do so before
language used by the system. The language backing up. Always back up slowly.
can be set to English, Français or Español. . Objects viewed in the RearView
Touch click: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 Monitor differ from actual distance
because a wide-angle lens is used.
Select the “Touch Click” key to toggle the touch
Objects in the RearView Monitor
click feature on or off. When activated, a click
will appear visually opposite than
sound will be heard every time a key on the
when viewed in the rear view and
screen is touched.
outside mirrors.
Beep tones: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 . Make sure that the lift gate is
Select the “Beep Tones” key to toggle the beep securely closed when backing up.
tones feature on or off. When activated, a beep . Underneath the bumper and the
sound will be heard every time a key on the corner areas of the bumper cannot
screen is touched. be viewed on the RearView Monitor
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-9
. Do not put anything on the rear view The distance guide line and the vehicle width
camera. guide line should be used as a reference only
when the vehicle is on a level, paved surface.
. When washing the vehicle with
The distance viewed on the monitor is for
high-pressure water, be sure not to
reference only and may be different than the
spray it around the camera. Other-
actual distance between the vehicle and dis-
wise, water may enter the camera
played objects.
unit causing water condensation on
the lens, a malfunction, fire or an
electric shock.
. Do not strike the camera. It is a
precision instrument. Otherwise, it SAA2776
may malfunction or cause damage
HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED
resulting in a fire or an electric
shock.
LINES S35-D-110201-90C6EB03-D1AD-43E9-8C29-AB01726784FA
Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width
and distances to objects with reference to the
bumper line *A are displayed on the monitor.
CAUTION Distance guide lines:
Do not scratch the camera lens when Indicate distances from the vehicle body.
cleaning dirt or snow from the lens. . Red line * 1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)
. Yellow line *2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m)
. Green line * 3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m)
. Green line * 4 : approx. 10 ft (3 m)
Vehicle width guide lines * 5 :
4-10 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA1978 SAA3440
BackingS35-D-110201-723BFB5B-80F0-4A3F-AF31-9D21290A882E
up on a steep uphill BackingS35-D-110201-E22A423E-6FA0-4A11-9EF7-E7C850FD6622
up near a projecting object
When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the The vehicle may seem to nearly clear the object
distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide in the display. However, the vehicle may hit the
lines are shown closer than the actual distance. object if it projects over the actual backing up
For example, the display shows 3 ft (1.0 m) to course.
the place * A , but the actual 3 ft (1.0 m)
distance on the hill is the place *B . Note that
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-11
course.
SAA3475 SAA1979
BackingS35-D-110201-5270CFCA-3E74-4D1F-B4B5-411B3FA93E38
up behind a projecting object BackingS35-D-110201-18CD6E66-0435-45A8-9DDA-6E621AA373AD
up on a steep downhill
The position * C is shown further than the When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the
position * B in the display. However, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide
position *C is actually at the same distance lines are shown further than the actual distance.
as the position * A . The vehicle may hit the For example, the display shows 3 ft (1.0 m) to
object when backing up to the position * A if the place * A , but the actual 3 ft (1.0 m)
the object projects over the actual backing up distance on the hill is the place *B . Note that
4-12 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
any object on the hill is viewed in the monitor . It may take some time until the RearView tion. To clean the camera, wipe with a cloth
closer than it appears. Monitor or the normal screen is displayed dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent
HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN (if so after the selector lever has been shifted to R and then wipe with a dry cloth.
from another position or to another position . Do not damage the camera as the monitor
equipped)
S35-D-110201-13D61027-722A-45AE-AFC0-8CFDC52BE5FB from R. Objects may be distorted momenta- screen may be adversely affected.
To set up the RearView Monitor to your rily until the RearView Monitor screen is
preferred settings, push the SETTING button . Do not use wax on the camera window.
displayed completely. Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth
while the RearView Monitor screen is displayed.
. When the temperature is extremely high or dampened with mild detergent diluted with
Each time the SETTING button is pushed, the
low, the screen may not clearly display water.
next setting item is selected. Turn the TUNE·SC-
objects. This is not a malfunction.
ROLL control knob to adjust each item.
. When strong light directly enters the cam-
Available setting items: era, objects may not be displayed clearly.
. Brightness This is not a malfunction.
. Contrast . Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the
. Tint screen. This is due to strong reflected light
. Color from the bumper. This is not a malfunction.
. Black Level . The screen may flicker under fluorescent
The setting items will disappear and the display light. This is not a malfunction.
will return to the original screen if SETTING . The colors of objects on the RearView
button is pushed when the last setting item is Monitor may differ somewhat from those of
selected or if the screen is left without operation the actual object.
for some time. . Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a
OPERATING TIPS dark place or at night. This is not a
S35-D-110201-D230E307-9B7F-4AC1-8FCA-9B9030CC86BF malfunction.
. When the selector lever is shifted to the R
. If dirt, rain or snow attaches to the camera,
(Reverse) position, the monitor screen auto-
the RearView Monitor may not clearly dis-
matically changes to the RearView Monitor
play objects. Clean the camera.
mode. However, the radio can be heard.
. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to
clean the camera. This will cause discolora-
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-13
. Front View
The view to the front of the vehicle.
. Rear View
The view to the rear of the vehicle..
The system is designed as an aid to the driver in
situations such as slot parking or parallel
parking.
JVH0112X
4-14 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-15
*
C : Rear view/front-side view screen
*
D : Front view/bird-eye view screen
*
E : Front view/front-side view screen
4-16 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
WARNING
. Objects in the bird’s-eye view will
appear further than the actual dis-
tance because the bird’s-eye view is
a pseudo view that is processed by
combining the views from the cam-
SAA3570 eras on the outside mirrors, the
front and the rear of the vehicle.
Bird’s-eye view
GUID-50301F42-478E-4D89-939B-7FFBFE931E68 . Tall objects, such as a curb or
The bird’s-eye view shows the overhead view of vehicle, may be misaligned or not
the vehicle which helps confirm the vehicle displayed at the seam of the views.
position and the predicted course to a parking . Objects that are above the camera
space. cannot be displayed.
The vehicle icon * 1 shows the position of the
. The view for the bird’s-eye view may
vehicle. Note that the distance between objects be misaligned when the camera
viewed in the bird’s-eye view differs from the position alters.
actual distance.
. A line on the ground may be mis-
The areas that the cameras cannot cover *
2 are
aligned and is not seen as being
indicated in black. straight at the seam of the views.
After the ignition switch is turned on, the The misalignment will increase as
nonviewable area * 2 is highlighted in yellow the line proceeds away from the
for 3 seconds after the bird’s-eye view is vehicle.
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-19
CAUTION
. There is a plastic cover over the
camera. Do not scratch the cover
when cleaning dirt or snow from the
cover.
. The turn signal light may overlap
with the side-of-vehicle line. This is
not a malfunction.
the hill is viewed in the monitor further than it the hill is viewed in the monitor closer than it
appears. appears.
SAA1979
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-21
VENTILATORS
S35-D-110201-2902BFED-B9AA-4CF2-9D44-C5D05BF5B964
course. . There may be differences in clearness
OPERATINGGUID-CF52BB42-FFBD-4B6D-ABD2-E53AE93EE69F
TIPS between each camera view of the bird’seye
view.
. The screen displayed on the Around View
. If dirt, rain or snow attaches to the camera,
Monitor will automatically return to the
the Around View Monitor may not display
previous screen when no operation takes
objects clearly. Clean the camera.
place for 3 minutes after the CAMERA
button has been pushed while the shift lever . Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to
is in a position other than the “R” (Reverse) clean the camera. This will cause discolora-
position. tion. To clean the camera, wipe with a cloth
that has been dampened with a diluted mild
. The display of images on the screen may be
cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry
delayed after screens are switched. Objects
cloth.
in the Around View Monitor may be distorted
momentarily until the Around View Monitor . Do not damage the camera because the
monitor screen may be adversely affected. SAA1775
screen is displayed completely.
. When the temperature is extremely high or . Do not use wax on the camera window. SIDE VENTILATORS
GUID-7D2AD213-490F-4596-A188-7E529E37E640
low, the screen may not display objects Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth that has
been dampened with a mild detergent Open or close, and adjust the air flow direction
clearly. This is not a malfunction. of ventilators as illustrated.
diluted with water.
. When strong light directly shines on the
camera, objects may not be displayed
clearly. This is not a malfunction.
. The screen may flicker under fluorescent
light. This is not a malfunction.
. The colors of objects on the Around View
Monitor may differ somewhat from those of
the actual object.
. Objects on the monitor may not be clear and
the color of the object may differ in a dark
location or at night. This is not a malfunction.
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-23
WARNING
. The air conditioner cooling function
operates only when the engine is
running.
. Do not leave children or adults who
would normally require the support
of others alone in your vehicle. Pets
should not be left alone either. On
hot, sunny days, temperatures in a
closed vehicle could quickly become
high enough to cause severe or SAA1776
possibly fatal injuries to people or
animals. 1. Fan speed control dial MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER
S35-D-110201-BAF28FD4-665D-44FA-9913-B21AC9730C36
2. Temperature control dial
. Do not use the recirculation mode To turn off the heater and air conditioner, turn the
3. Air flow control dial
for long periods as it may cause the fan speed control dial to the OFF position.
4. Air recirculation button
interior air to become stale and the
5. A/C (Air Conditioner) button Controls
windows to fog up. S35-D-110201-528D314D-1240-4D18-9E3F-DC4286AC735C
6. Rear window defroster button (See “Rear window
Outside air circulation:
and outside mirror defroster switch” in the “2. GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Start the engine and operate the heater and air Instruments and controls” section.) Push the air recirculation button to turn off the
conditioner system. indicator light on the button. The air flow is
drawn from outside the vehicle.
Air recirculation:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push the air recirculation button to turn on the
indicator light on the button. The air flow is
circulated inside the vehicle.
4-24 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
between and or between and This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot position.
. outlets. 2. Turn the fan speed control dial to the
. When the , or position is 1. Push the air recirculation button to the desired position.
selected, the air recirculation mode OFF position. (The indicator light turns off.) 3. Turn the temperature control dial to the
cannot be turned on to prevent the windows 2. Turn the air flow control dial to the desired position between the middle and the
from being fogged up. position. hot (right) position.
Fan speed control: 3. Turn the fan speed control dial to the . To remove frost from the outside surface of
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Turn the fan speed control dial clockwise desired position. the windshield quickly, turn the temperature
(HI) to increase the fan speed. 4. Turn the temperature control dial to the control dial to the maximum hot position and
desired position between the middle and the the fan speed control dial to maximum
Turn the fan speed control dial counter- (HI) position.
clockwise (LO) to decrease the fan speed. hot (right) position.
. If it is difficult to defog the windshield, turn
Ventilation: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
the A/C button on.
This mode directs outside air to the side and
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-25
Bi-level heating:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Air conditioner operation
S35-D-110201-B5067E1C-0586-411F-A263-C1D511C1E269
Dehumidified heating:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
This mode directs cool air from the side and The air conditioner system should be operated This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the
center vents and warm air from the foot outlets. for approximately 10 minutes at least once a air.
When the temperature control dial is turned to month. This helps prevent damage to the air 1. Push the air recirculation button to the
the maximum hot or cool position, the air conditioner system due to the lack of lubrication. OFF position. (The indicator light turns off.)
between the ventilators and the foot outlets is
Cooling: 2. Turn the air flow control dial to the
the same temperature. GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air. position.
1. Push the air recirculation button to the
1. Push the air recirculation button to the 3. Turn the fan speed control dial to the
OFF position. (The indicator light turns off.)
OFF position. (The indicator light turns off.) desired position.
2. Turn the air flow control dial to the
2. Turn the air flow control dial to the 4. Push the A/C button on. (The A/C indicator
position.
position. light will illuminate.)
3. Turn the fan speed control dial to the
3. Turn the fan speed control dial to the 5. Turn the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
desired position. desired position between the middle and the
4. Turn the temperature control dial to the hot (right) position.
desired position. 4. Push the A/C button on. (The A/C indicator
light will illuminate.) Dehumidified defogging:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Heating and defogging:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
5. Turn the temperature control dial to the This mode is used to defog the windows and
This mode heats the interior and defogs the desired position between the middle and the dehumidify the air.
windows. cool (left) position. 1. Turn the air flow control dial to the
1. Turn the air flow control dial to the . For quick cooling when the outside tem- position.
position. perature is high, push the air recirculation 2. Turn the fan speed control dial to the
2. Turn the fan speed control dial to the button to the ON position. Be sure to desired position.
desired position. push the air recirculation button to the OFF
3. Push the A/C button on. (The A/C indicator
3. Turn the temperature control dial to the position for normal cooling.
light will illuminate.)
desired position. . A visible mist may be seen coming from the
ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air 4. Turn the temperature control dial to the
is cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a desired position.
malfunction.
4-26 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Air recirculation mode ?Outside air circula- matically turn on when the outside air : Air flows from the center and side ventila-
tors.
tion mode?Automatic control mode?Air temperature is above 238F (−58C) to
: Air flows from the center and side ventila-
recirculation mode defog the windshield. The air recircula-
tors and foot outlets.
When automatic control mode is set, the air tion mode will automatically turn off. The
: Air flows mainly from the foot outlets.
recirculation indicator and outside air circu- outside air circulation mode will be
: Air flows from the defroster and foot
lation indicator will turn off. selected to improve the defogging per- outlets.
. Do not set the temperature lower than the formance.
Temperature control:
outside air temperature. Doing so may Manual S35-D-110201-64BD9C67-FE06-4C14-8430-C1B0E10FB963
operation GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
cause the temperature to not be con- Turn the temperature control dial to set the
The manual mode can be used to control the desired temperature.
trolled properly.
heater and air conditioner to your desired
. If the windows fog up, use dehumidified Air recirculation:
settings. GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
heating instead of the A/C off heating. Push the outside air circulation /air recircu-
To turn off the heater and air conditioner, turn the
Dehumidified defrosting/defogging: fan control dial to the OFF position. lation button to change the air circulation
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
1. Turn the fan speed control dial to the desired mode.
Fan speed control:
position. GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 When the indicator below the air recirculation
Turn the fan speed control dial clockwise to icon is illuminated, the flowing air is
2. Turn the air flow control dial to the increase the fan speed.
position. recirculated inside the vehicle.
Turn the fan speed control dial counterclockwise
3. Turn the temperature control dial to set the Outside air circulation:
to decrease the fan speed. GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
desired temperature. Push the outside air circulation /air recircu-
. To remove frost from the outside surface
Turn the fan speed control dial to the AUTO lation button to change the air circulation
position to change the fan speed to the mode.
of the windshield quickly, set the tem-
automatic mode.
perature control dial and fan speed When the indicator below the outside air
control dial to their maximum position. Air flow control:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 circulation icon is illuminated, the flowing
. After the windshield is cleared, turn the Turn the air flow control dial to change the air air is drawing from outside the vehicle.
air flow control dial to the AUTO position flow mode.
Automatic air GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
intake control:
to set to the automatic mode.
. When the or position is Press the outside air circulation /air recircu-
selected, the air conditioner will auto- lation button once to change operation of
the air conditioner in the following order.
4-28 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Air recirculation mode ?Outside air circulation tem refrigerant and lubricant recommendations”
mode?Automatic control mode?Air recircula- in the “9. Technical and consumer information”
tion mode section.)
When automatic control mode is set, the air A NISSAN dealer will be able to service your
recirculation indicator and outside air circulation environmentally friendly air conditioner system.
indicator will turn off.
Air conditioner filter
SERVICING GUID-6DED59C6-5F9F-4BD9-990B-85372E93B241
AIR CONDITIONER GUID-DF641D2F-1DDE-4BEF-B8EC-51EC605C221C
The air conditioner system is equipped with an
air conditioner filter which collects dirt, pollen,
WARNING dust, etc. To make sure the air conditioner heats
defogs, and ventilates efficiently, replace the
The air conditioner system contains filter according the specified maintenance inter-
refrigerant under high pressure. To vals listed in a separate maintenance booklet. To
avoid personal injury, any air condi- replace the filter, contact a NISSAN dealer. SAA2263
tioner service should be done only by The filter should be replaced if the air flow
an experienced technician with the decreases significantly or if windows fog up
proper equipment. easily when operating the heater or air condi-
tioner.
The air conditioner system in your vehicle is
charged with a refrigerant designed with the
environment in mind.
This refrigerant will not harm the earth’s
ozone layer. However, it may contribute in a
small part to global warming.
Special charging equipment and lubricant are
required when servicing your vehicle’s air con-
ditioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubri-
cants will cause severe damage to the air SAA1233
conditioner system. (See “Air conditioning sys-
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-29
AUDIO SYSTEM
S35-D-110201-FF22825B-7F99-4AB6-9E28-41EB279FC012
OPERATING TIPS (for automatic air AUDIOS35-D-110201-3D092FAC-8CEF-44D7-BBC0-FFCD53E6E3D9
OPERATION PRECAUTIONS function in your NISSAN radio system.
conditioner) Reception conditions will constantly change
S35-D-110201-204DEB50-2997-43B8-918C-A846A9D5B972
Radio
When the engine coolant temperature and S35-D-110201-3A22B0FB-171D-47DD-B377-D4B26CA92D9C because of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain,
outside air temperature are low, the air flow Place the ignition switch to the ACC or ON signal distance and interference from other
from the foot outlets may not operate for a position and push the radio band select button vehicles can work against ideal reception.
maximum of 150 seconds. However, this is not a to turn on the radio. If you listen to the radio with Described below are some of the factors that
malfunction. After the coolant temperature the engine not running, the ignition switch can affect your radio reception.
warms up, the air flow from the foot outlets will should be placed in the ACC position.
Some cellular phones or other devices may
operate normally. Radio reception is affected by station signal cause interference or a buzzing noise to come
The sensors * 1 and * 2 , located on the
strength, distance from radio transmitter, build- from the audio system speakers. Storing the
instrument panel, help maintain a constant ings, bridges, mountains and other external device in a different location may reduce or
temperature. Do not put anything on or around influences. Intermittent changes in reception eliminate the noise.
the sensors. quality normally are caused by these external
influences.
Using a cellular phone in or near the
vehicle may influence radio reception
quality.
Radio reception: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with
state-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhance
radio reception. These circuits are designed to
extend reception range, and to enhance the
quality of that reception.
However there are some general characteristics
of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect
radio reception quality in a moving vehicle, even
when the finest equipment is used. These
characteristics are completely normal in a given
reception area, and do not indicate any mal-
4-30 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. During cold weather or rainy days, the player exposed to fluids other than water, evapora- Compressed Audio Files (MP3/WMA/
may malfunction due to humidity. If this tive residue may cause a short between the AAC/ATRAC3)
S35-D-110201-C3996133-4D8C-45B5-A30C-933C6D736EBF
occurs, remove the USB device and dehu- connector pins.
Explanation ofGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
terms:
midify or ventilate the USB player comple- . Large video podcast files cause slow
tely. responses in an iPod®. The vehicle center . MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving Pictures
. The USB player sometimes cannot function display may momentarily black out, but it will Experts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is the
when the passenger compartment tempera- soon recover. most well known compressed digital audio
file format. This format allows for near “CD
ture is extremely high. Decrease the tem- . If an iPod® automatically selects large video
perature before use. quality” sound, but at a fraction of the size of
podcast files while in the shuffle mode, the
normal audio files. MP3 conversion of an
. Do not leave USB memory in a place prone vehicle center display may momentarily
audio track can reduce the file size by
to static electricity or where the air condi- black out, but it will soon recover.
approximately a 10:1 ratio (Sampling: 44.1
tioner blows directly. The data in the USB . Audiobooks may not play in the same order kHz, Bit rate: 128 kbps) with virtually no
memory may be damaged. as they appear on an iPod®. perceptible loss in quality. The compression
. The vehicle is not equipped with a USB . An iPod nano® (1st Generation) may remain reduces certain parts of sound that seem
memory stick. in fast forward or rewind mode if it is inaudible to most people.
. A USB device cannot be formatted with this connected during a seek operation. In this . WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA) is a
system. To format a USB device, use a case, please manually reset the iPod®. compressed audio format created by Micro-
personal computer. . An iPod nano® (2nd Generation) will con- soft as an alternative to MP3. The WMA
. Partitioned USB devices may not be played tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is codec offers greater file compression than
correctly. disconnected during a seek operation. the MP3 codec, enabling storage of more
. Some characters used in other languages . An incorrect song title may appear when the digital audio tracks in the same amount of
(Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are not displayed Play Mode is changed while using the iPod space when compared to MP3s at the same
properly on the vehicle center screen. Using nano® (2nd Generation) level of quality.
English language characters with a USB iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in . AAC/M4A — Advanced Audio Coding
device is recommended. the U.S. and other countries. (AAC) is a lossy audio compression format.
. Do not connect a USB device if a connector Audio files that have been encoded with
or cable is wet. Allow the cable and/or AAC are generally smaller in size and deliver
connectors to dry completely before con- a higher quality of sound than MP3.
necting the USB device. If the connector is
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-33
. ATRAC3, ATRAC3 Plus - Adaptive Trans- . The playback order is the order in which the
form Acoustic Coding (ATRAC) is a lossy files were written by the writing software, so
audio compression format developed by the files might not play in the desired order.
Sony. . Music playback order of compressed audio
. Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number of files is as illustrated.
bits per second used by a digital music file.
The size and quality of a compressed digital
audio file is determined by the bit rate used
when encoding the file.
. Sampling frequency — Sampling frequency
is the rate at which the samples of a signal
are converted from analog to digital (A/D
conversion) per second.
. Multisession — Multisession is one of the
methods for writing data to media. Writing
data once to the media is called a single
session, and writing more than once is
called a multisession.
. ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is the
part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that
contains information about the digital music
file such as song title, artist, album title, SAA2494
encoding bit rate, track time duration, etc.
Playback order:
ID3 tag information is displayed on the GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Album/Artist/Track title line on the display. . The folder names of folders not containing
compressed audio files are not shown in the
* Windows® and Windows Media® are regis-
display.
tered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States of America . If there is a file in the top level of a disc/USB,
and/or other countries. “Root Folder” is displayed.
4-34 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Specification chart (for FM-AM Radio with Compact Disc (CD) player):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.
*2 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.
*3 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.
*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly.
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-35
Specification chart (for FM-AM-SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) Player (Type A)):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.
*2 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.
4-36 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
*3 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.
*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly.
Specification chart (for FM-AM-SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) Player (Type B)):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.
*2 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-37
Troubleshooting guide (for FM-AM Radio with Compact Disc (CD) player):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
4-38 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Troubleshooting guide (for FM-AM-SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) player (Type A)):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-39
Troubleshooting guide (for FM-AM-SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) Player (Type B)):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
4-40 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
setting.
CLOCK button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
NOS2545
4-42 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Radio operation
S35-D-110201-5CFF91BB-BBB0-4B7F-B234-E74EABB5CC53
during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN Radio Data System (RDS):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that RDS stands for Radio Data System, and is a
Radio (FM/AM) band select: station. data information service transmitted by some
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Pushing the FM·AM radio band select button will If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 radio stations on the FM band (not AM band)
change the band as follows: seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next encoded within a regular radio broadcast.
station. Currently, most RDS stations are in large cities,
AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM
but many stations are now considering broad-
When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, the to Station memory operations:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 casting RDS data.
radio will automatically change from stereo to 12 stations can be set for the FM band (6 each
RDS can display:
monaural reception. for FM1 and FM2), and 6 can be set for the AM
band for easy access. . Station call sign, such as “WHFR 98.3”.
When the radio band select button is pushed
while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON 1. Choose the radio band using the radio band . Station name, such as “The Groove”.
position, the radio will come on at the station last select button. . Music or programming type such as “Clas-
played. sical”, “Country” or “Rock”.
2. Tune to the desired station using the SEEK,
SCAN or TUNE button. . Traffic reports about delays or construction.
TUNE (Tuning): If the station broadcasts RDS information, the
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 3. Push and hold the desired radio station
Push the TUNE button or for manual RDS icon is displayed.
preset button to until a beep sound is
tuning. To move quickly through the stations, heard. (The radio mutes when the radio
push and hold the TUNE button. station preset button is pushed.) RADIO DISPLAY change:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
4. The station indicator will then come on and When the DISP button is pushed during the FM
SEEK tuning:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 the sound will resume. Memorizing is now radio mode, the radio display will change in the
Push the SEEK button or to tune from complete. following order.
low to high or high to low frequencies and to FM radio:
5. Other buttons can be set in the same
stop at the next broadcasting station. Frequency ↔ PS (Programme Service)/PTY
manner.
If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse (Programme type)
SCAN tuning:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
opens, the radio memory will be erased. In that In the FM radio mode, pushing the DISP button
Push the SCAN button to tune from low to high case, reset the desired stations. will switch the frequency display to the PTY
frequencies and stops at each broadcasting display (if available), and if the DISP button is
station for 5 seconds. Pushing the button again not pushed again within 5 seconds, it will
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-43
automatically switch to the PS display. If PTY is the CD will play while forwarding or rewinding.
CD play GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
information:
not available, pressing the DISP button will only When the button is released, the CD will return
switch between the frequency display and the When the DISP button is pushed for less than to the normal play speed.
PS display. 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played, the
disc information display will change as follows: APS (Automatic Program
Compact Disc (CD) player operation CD:
S35-D-110201-8EDF958F-CBBC-4976-8BEB-2FC7318F874F Search) FF, APS REW:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON
When the button is pushed while the CD is
position, and insert the CD into the slot with the
being played, the program next to the present
label side facing up. The CD will be guided NOS2585
one will start to play from its beginning. Push
automatically into the slot and start playing.
CD with MP3 or WMA: several times to skip through programs. The CD
After loading the disc, the number of tracks on will advance the number of times the button is
the disc will appear on the display. pushed. (When the last program on the CD is
If the radio is already operating, it will auto- NOS2586 skipped through, the first program will be
matically turn off and the CD will play. played.)
If the system has been turned off while the CD When the button is pushed, the program
FF (Fast Forward), REW (Re-
was playing, pushing the PWR button will start being played returns to its beginning. Push
wind):
the CD. GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 several times to skip back through programs.
CD: The CD will go back the number of times the
Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs.
When the or button is pushed while button is pushed.
the CD is being played, the CD will play while
CD PLAY:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 fast forwarding or rewinding. When the button is SCAN tuning:
When the CD button is pushed with the system released, the CD will return to normal play
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
off and the CD loaded, the system will turn on When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for
speed. more than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being
and the CD will start to play.
CD with MP3 or WMA: played, the beginning of all the tracks of CD will
When the CD button is pushed with the CD be played for 10 seconds in sequence.
When the or button is pushed for less
loaded and the radio playing, the radio will
than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played, Pushing the button again during this 10 second
automatically be turned off and the CD will start
the folders in the CD will change. period will stop SCAN tuning.
to play.
When the or button is pushed for more If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within
than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played, 10 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next
4-44 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-45
being played, the play pattern can be changed mini plug cable when connecting your music
as follows: device to the audio system. Music may not play
Except Podcast and Audiobook: properly when a monaural cable is used.
NOS2562
Podcast:
ALL REPEAT ↔ TRACK REPEAT
Audiobook:
NOS2563
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-47
JVH0109X
4-48 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-49
Adjust the brightness and contrast of the 5) Push the SETTING button * 1 .
screen. . On-Screen Clock
Select the "brightness" or "contrast" using When this item is turned on, a clock is
the TUNE·SCROLL control knob and then always displayed in the upper right corner of
push the SETTING button. Turn the TU- the screen.
NE·SCROLL control knob to adjust the Select the "On-Screen Clock" using the
brightness and contrast of the screen to TUNE·SCROLL control knob and then push
4-50 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
the SETTING button. You can toggle be- displays as follows: If another audio source is playing when the radio
tween ON and OFF using the TUNE·SC- CD ? iPod®/USB ? AUX ? CD band select button is turned to ON, the audio
ROLL control knob. . Models without satellite radio source will automatically be turned off and the
. RDS Display last radio channel played will come on.
Pushing the AUX button will switch the
When this has been set to ON, RDS (radio displays as follows: When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, the
data system) information will be shown on iPod®/USB ? AUX ? iPod®/USB radio will automatically change from stereo to
the display. Select RDS Display and then monaural reception.
push the SETTING button. You can toggle FM-AM-SAT(if so equipped) radio op-
TUNE (Tuning):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
between ON and OFF using the TUNE·SC- eration S35-D-110201-60FFC3FC-9361-461B-81BC-20D3709F43CC
ROLL control knob. . For AM and FM radio
. iPod Menu language radio (FM/AM) band select: Turn the radio TUNE·SCROLL control knob
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
for manual tuning.
The iPod menu language can be set to Pushing the radio band select button will
English, French or Spanish. change the band as follows: . For XM Satellite Radio
Select iPod menu language and then push Turn the radio TUNE·SCROLL control knob
AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM
the SETTING button. Use the TUNE·SC- to seek channels from all of the categories
ROLL control knob to select the preferred when any category is not selected.
radio (SAT) band select (models with
language. satellite radio):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 SEEK tuning/CAT (category)
Pushing the XM band select button will change (models with satellite radio):
DISP button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 the band as follows: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
5. Other buttons can be set in the same the CD loaded and the radio playing, the radio
SCAN tuning:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 manner. will automatically be turned off and the CD will
Push the Radio SCAN tuning button to tune start to play.
If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse
from low to high frequencies and stop at each
opens, the radio memory will be erased. In that
broadcasting station/channel for 5 seconds. Next/Previous Track and Fast
case, reset the desired stations/channels.
Pushing the button again during this 5 seconds Forward/Rewind: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will Compact Disc (CD) player operation
S35-D-110201-958C8E38-8A90-4269-B514-51CE021D428B When the FF or REW button is pushed for more
remain tuned to that station/channel. Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,
If the Radio SCAN tuning button is not pushed position and insert the Compact Disc (CD) into the CD will play while fast forwarding or
within 5 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the the slot with the label side facing up. The CD will rewinding. When the button is released, the
next station/channel. be guided automatically into the slot and start CD will return to normal play speed.
playing.
*
1 to *6 Station memory operations:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 When the FF or REW button is pushed for less
12 stations/channels can be set for the FM band After loading the CD, the number of tracks on than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,
(6 each for FM1 and FM2), 12 for XM radio (6 the CD and the play time will appear on the the next track or the beginning of the current
each for XM1 and XM2) (if so equipped) and 6 display. track on the CD will be played.
stations can be set for the AM band. If the radio is already operating, it will auto-
1. Choose the radio band using the radio band matically turn off and the CD will play. REPEATGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
(RPT):
select button. If the system has been turned off while the CD When the RPT play button is pushed while the
2. Tune to the desired station/channel using was playing, pushing the PWR button will start CD is played, the play pattern can be changed
the SEEK·CAT (models with satellite radio), the CD. as follows:
SEEK·TRACK (models without satellite Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs. (CD)
radio), SCAN button or the radio TUNE·SC- Normal Û 1 Track Repeat
ROLL control knob. (models with satellite radio) (CD with compressed audio files)
3. Push and hold the desired station preset (models without satellite radio)PLAY:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Normal ? 1 Folder Repeat ? 1 Track Repeat ?
button *
1 to *6 until the radio mutes. When the CD·AUX or CD button is pushed with
Normal
4. The station indicator will then come on and the system off and the CD loaded, the system
the sound will resume. Memorizing is now will turn on and the CD will start to play.
RANDOM (RDM):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
complete. When the CD·AUX or CD button is pushed with
When the RDM play button is pushed while a
4-52 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
the current track on the USB memory will be The USB outlet connector is located in the
Normal center console. Open the lid and connect the
played.
iPod® cable to the USB connector. The battery
The multi-function controller can also be used to BACK button: of the iPod® is charged while the connection to
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
select tracks when the USB memory is being When the BACK button is pushed, it returns to the vehicle.
played. the previous display. Depending on the version of the iPod®, the
Folder selection:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 display on the iPod® shows a NISSAN or
To change to another folder in the USB memory, Accessory Attached screen when the connec-
turn the folder selector or choose a folder tion is completed. When the iPod® is connected
displayed on the screen using the multi-function to the vehicle, the iPod® music library can only
controller. be operated by the vehicle audio controls.
* iPod® and iPhone® are a trademark of Apple
4-54 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. the system in some cases. . Now playing
Compatibility: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 Make sure that the iPod® firmware is updated. . Playlists
The following models are available: . Artists
Audio main operation:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. Albums
. Third generation iPhone® (Firmware version Place the ignition switch to the ACC or ON
IOS4/4.0) position. Then, push the CD·AUX button repeat- . songs
. Fourth generation iPhone® (Firmware ver- edly to switch to the iPod® mode. . Podcasts
sion IOS4/4.0) If the system has been turned off while the iPod® . Genres
. Fifth generation iPod® (Firmware version was playing, pushing the PWR button will start . Composers
1.3) the iPod®. . Audiobooks
. First generation iPod Classic® (Firmware . Shuffle songs
version 1.1.1 or 1.1.2PC) iPod® MENU button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
For more information about each item, see the
. Second generation iPod Classic® (Firmware Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON iPod® Owner’s Manual.
version 2.0.1) position. Then, push the iPod® button to switch
. First generation iPod touch ® (Firmware to the iPod® mode. Next/Previous Track and Fast
version 1.1.5 or 2.2.1) If another audio source is playing and the iPod ® Forward/Rewind: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. Second and third generation iPod touch® is connected, pushing the iPod® button changes When the FF or REW button is pushed for more
(Firmware version 2.2.1 or IOS4/4.0.0) to the iPod® mode. than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, the
. First generation iPod nano® (Firmware ver- If the system has been turned off while the iPod® iPod® will play while fast forwarding or rewind-
sion 1.3.1) was playing, pushing the PWR button will start ing. When the button is released, the iPod® will
. Second generation iPod nano® (Firmware the iPod®. return to the normal play speed.
version 1.1.3) When the iPod® MENU button is pushed while When the FF or REW button is pushed for less
. Third generation iPod nano® (Firmware the iPod® is connected, the interface for iPod® than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, the
version 1.1.2PC or 1.1.3PC) operation is shown on the audio display. The next track or the beginning of the current track
. Fourth generation iPod nano® (Firmware items on the menu list can be scrolled by on the iPod® will be played.
version 1.0.2 or 1.0.4) pushing the or while the iPod® is The multi-function controller can also be used to
. Fifth generation iPod nano® (Firmware ver- operational. To select an item, push ENTER. select tracks when the iPod® is playing.
sion 1.0.1 or 1.0.2) Items in the iPod menu appear on the display in
The iPod touch® may not response quickly with the following order.
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-55
REPEATGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
(RPT):
When the RPT play button is pushed while a
track is being played, the play pattern can be
changed as follows:
Repeat Off ? 1 Track Repeat? All Repeat ?
Repeat Off
RandomGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
(RDM):
When the RDM play button is pushed while a
track is being played, the play pattern can be
changed as follows:
Shuffle Off ? Track Shuffle ? Albums Shuffle
? Shuffle Off
BACK button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the BACK button is pushed, it returns to
the previous display.
4-56 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-57
4-58 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
frequency. To return to the regular radio display . Channels automatically be turned off and the CD will start
screen, touch the “OK” key. Displays a list of channels. Touch a preferred to play.
to Station memory operations: channel displayed on the list to change to While listening to a CD or an MP3/WMA CD,
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
that channel. certain text may be displayed (when a CD
12 stations/channels can be set for the FM band
(6 each for FM1 and FM2), 18 for XM radio (6 . Categories encoded with text is being used). Depending on
each for XM1, XM2 and XM3) and 6 stations Displays a list of categories. Touch a how the CD or MP3/WMA CD is encoded, the
can be set for the AM band. preferred channel displayed on the list to text is displayed listing the artist, album and
display options within that category. song title.
1. Choose the radio band using the radio band
select button. Compact Disc (CD) player operation
S35-D-110201-63B58E87-669C-4423-9305-86EC6AF5209B Next/Previous Track and Fast
2. Tune to the desired station/channel using Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON Forward/Rewind: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
the SEEK/CATEGORY button or the TUNE position and insert the Compact Disc (CD) into When the or button is pushed for more
knob. the slot with the label side facing up. The CD will than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,
3. Push and hold the desired station preset be guided automatically into the slot and start the CD will play while fast forwarding or
button to until the beep sound is playing. rewinding. When the button is released, the
heard. If the radio is already operating, it will auto- CD will return to normal play speed.
4. The station indicator will then come on and matically turn off and the CD will play. When the or button is pushed for less
the sound will resume. Memorizing is now If the system has been turned off while the CD than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,
complete. was playing, pushing the ON·OFF button will the next track or the beginning of the current
5. Other buttons can be set in the same start the CD. track on the CD will be played.
manner. Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs. When the rewind button is pushed for less than
If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse 1.5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current
opens, the radio memory will be erased. In that PLAY: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 track starts playing, the previous track will be
case, reset the desired stations/channels. When the CD button is pushed with the system played.
Touchscreen (XM Satellite Radio): off and the CD loaded, the system will turn on
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
and the CD will start to play.
When the XM Satellite Radio is being played,
the following items are available with the When the CD button is pushed with the CD
touchscreen operation. loaded and the radio playing, the radio will
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-59
CD EJECT:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the
CD loaded, the CD will be ejected.
When this button is pushed while the CD is
being played, the CD will be ejected.
If the CD comes out and is not removed, it
SAA3401 SAA3402 will be pulled back into the slot to protect
it.
Random: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Repeat: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Touch the “Random” key to apply a random play Touch the “Repeat” key to apply a repeat play
AUX (Auxiliary) input
S35-D-110201-BFB01D76-4C28-4AB6-9B76-289AAED6BAD3
pattern to the CD. When the random mode is pattern to the CD. When the repeat mode is AUX IN jack: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
active, the icon will be displayed to the left active, the icon will be displayed to the left The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit.
of the song title. If an MP3 CD is playing, of the song title. If an MP3 CD is playing, The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any
touching “Random” alternates between ran- touching “Repeat” alternates between repeating standard analog audio input such as from a
domly playing songs within the current folder the current song and repeating the current portable cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player or
and songs from the CD as a whole. The folder. The icon is displayed to the left of laptop computer.
icon is displayed to the left of the song title or the song title or folder name to denote which
folder name to denote which pattern is applied. pattern is applied. To cancel Repeat mode, AUX (Auxiliary) button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To cancel Random mode, touch the “Random” touch the “Repeat” key until no icon is
To switch to the AUX mode, push the AUX
key until no icon is displayed. displayed.
button when a compatible audio device is
Browse: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
connected into the AUX IN jack.
Touch the “Browse” key to display the titles on When the AUX button is pushed with no device
the CD in list format. Touch the title of a song in
4-60 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
plugged into the jack, the audio system does not If another audio source is playing and a USB
change to the AUX mode. memory is inserted, push the AUX button
NISSAN strongly recommends using a stereo repeatedly until the center display changes to
mini plug cable when connecting your music the USB memory mode.
device to the audio system. Music may not play
properly when a monaural cable is used. SEEK/CATEGORY button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push the SEEK/CATEGORY button while
an audio file on the USB device is playing to
return to the beginning of the current track. Push
the SEEK/CATEGORY button several
times to skip backward several tracks.
Push the SEEK/CATEGORY button while
SAA3433
an audio file on the USB device is playing to
advance one track. Push the SEEK/CATEGORY
USB memoryGUID-D2715C02-97AF-46F9-A58E-16E8B12F9706
operation button several times to skip forward several
tracks. If the last track in a folder on the USB
Audio main operation:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 device is skipped, the first track of the next folder
The USB outlet connector is located in the is played.
center console. Open the lid and connect a USB Push and hold the SEEK/CATEGORY button
memory as illustrated. Then, switch to the USB or for 1.5 seconds while an audio file
memory mode automatically. on the USB device is playing to reverse or fast
If the system has been turned off while the USB forward the track being played. The track plays
memory was playing, pushing the ON·OFF/VOL at an increased speed while reversing or fast
control knob will start the USB memory. forwarding. When the button is released, the
audio file returns to normal play speed.
PLAY: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 Random and repeat play mode:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the AUX button is pushed with the system While files on a USB device are playing, the play
off and the USB memory inserted, the system pattern can be altered so that songs are
will turn on. repeated or played randomly.
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-61
Random: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
While connected to the vehicle, the iPod® can
Touch the “Random” key to apply a random play only be operated by the vehicle audio controls.
pattern to the USB device. When the random To disconnect the iPod® from the vehicle,
mode is active, the icon is displayed to the remove the USB end of the cable from the
left of the song title or album name to denote USB jack on the vehicle, then remove the cable
which random pattern is applied. To cancel from the iPod®.
Random mode, touch the “Random” key until no * iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in
icon is displayed. the U.S. and other countries.
Repeat: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 Compatibility
S35-D-110201-B15D6BAA-F1D6-4B74-A639-28BCAF163E6E
Touch the “Repeat” key to apply a repeat play
The following models are available:
pattern to the USB device. When the repeat
mode is active, the icon is displayed to the . Fifth generation iPod® (version 1.2.3 or
left of the song title or album name to denote SAA3435 later)
which repeat pattern is applied. To cancel . iPod Classic (version 1.1.1 or later)
Repeat mode, touch the “Repeat” key until no iPod® PLAYER OPERATION
S35-D-110201-14D49E3C-C854-4E06-9C60-5D7DEE8745DD . First generation iPod touch® (version 2.0.0
icon is displayed. Connecting iPod® or later)
S35-D-110201-F702AD69-87FB-414E-A23A-800BB74108DA
To connect an iPod® to the vehicle so that the . Second generation iPod touch® (version
iPod® can be controlled with the audio system 1.2.3 or later)
controls and display screen, use the USB jack . First generation iPod nano (version 1.3.1 or
located in the center console. Open the later)
protective cover on the USB jack in the center . Second generation iPod nano® (version
console and then connect the iPod® specific 1.1.3 or later)
end of the cable to the iPod® and the USB end . Third generation iPod nano® (version 1.1 or
of the cable to the USB jack on the vehicle * 1 . later)
If your iPod® supports charging via a USB . Fourth generation iPod nano® (version 1.0.2
connection, its battery will be charged while or later)
connected to the vehicle with the ignition switch This unit may not control/operate correctly when
in the ACC or ON position. connected to some iPod versions/firmware and
4-62 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
When the button is pushed with the system When the or button is pushed for more
off and the iPod® connected, the system will turn than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, the
on. If another audio source is playing and the iPod® will play while fast forwarding or rewind-
iPod® is connected, push the button ing. When the button is released, the iPod® will
repeatedly to switch to the iPod® mode. return to the normal play speed.
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-63
memory are not connected, the CD, AUX, iPod® FOLDER change (CD with MP3 or WMA):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
or USB memory modes will be skipped. Push up or down the tuning switch for more than
VOLUME control switch 1.5 seconds to change the folders (if there are
GUID-28FEC6B8-E1DE-41D8-B60B-C05C851D0868 any folders).
Push up or down the VOLUME control switch to
increase or decrease the volume. iPod®: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds
Tuning switch
S35-D-110201-5CA8CF8B-C0F5-481A-814C-213749094806 will increase or decrease the track number.
Memory change (radio):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 USB: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push up or down the tuning switch for less than
. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds
1.5 seconds to change the next or previous
will increase or decrease the track number.
radio preset.
. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 seconds
SEEK tuning (radio):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 will increase/decrease the folder number SAA2102
Push up or down the tuning switch for more than
1.5 seconds to seek the next or previous radio ANTENNA
S35-D-110201-3A435C1C-B183-4681-AF7C-90168059490D
station. To remove the antenna, hold the bottom of the
APS (Automatic Program Search) FF, APS antenna and turn it counterclockwise.
REW (CD): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To install the antenna, turn the antenna clock-
Push up or down the tuning switch for less than wise and tighten.
1.5 seconds to return to the beginning of the
present program or skip to the next program.
Push several times to skip back or skip through CAUTION
programs.
. To avoid damaging or deforming the
This system searches for the blank intervals antenna, be sure to remove the
between selections. If there is a blank interval antenna under the following condi-
within one program or there is no interval tions.
between programs, the system may not stop in
— The vehicle enters an automatic
the desired or expected location.
car wash.
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-65
4-66 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
vehicle.
WARNING You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth®
cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module.
. Use a phone after stopping your However, you can talk on only one cellular phone
vehicle in a safe location. If you at a time.
have to use a phone while driving, Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone
exercise extreme caution at all System, refer to the following notes.
times so full attention may be given
to vehicle operation. . Set up the wireless connection between a
compatible cellular phone and the in-vehicle
. If you find yourself unable to devote phone module before using the Bluetooth®
full attention to vehicle operation Hands-Free Phone System.
while talking on the phone, pull off
. Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phones
the road to a safe location and stop
SAA3436 may not be recognized by the in-vehicle
your vehicle before doing so.
phone module. Please visit www.nissanusa.
Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth® com/bluetooth for a recommended phone
Hands-Free Phone System. If you have a list and connecting.
compatible Bluetooth® enabled cellular phone,
CAUTION you can set up the wireless connection between
. You will not be able to use a hands-free
phone under the following conditions:
To avoid draining the vehicle battery, your cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone
module. With Bluetooth® wireless technology, — Your vehicle is outside of the telephone
use a phone after starting the engine. service area.
you can make or receive a hands-free telephone
call in your vehicle. — Your vehicle is in an area where it is
difficult to receive radio waves; such as in
Once your cellular phone is connected to the in-
a tunnel, in an underground parking
vehicle phone module, no other phone connect-
garage, near a tall building or in a
ing procedure is required. Your phone is
mountainous area.
automatically connected with the in-vehicle
phone module when the ignition switch is — Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it
placed in the ON position with the connected from being dialed.
cellular phone turned on and carried in the
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-67
. When the radio wave condition is not ideal . Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manual undesired operation of the device
or ambient sound is too loud, it may be regarding battery charging, cellular phone
difficult to hear the other person’s voice antenna, etc. IC Regulatory information
S35-D-110201-5285DAB0-26CC-4E07-A0CA-271D322C0E42
during a call. . This wireless hands free car kit is based on . Operation is subject to the following two
. Immediately after the ignition switch is Bluetooth® technology, conditions: (1) this device may not cause
placed in the ON position, it may be interference, and (2) this device must accept
— Frequency: 2402 MHz - 2480 MHz
impossible to receive a call for a short any interference, including interference that
— Output Power: 7,94 dBm E.I.R.P
period of time. may cause undesired operation of the
— Modulation: FHSS GFSK 8DPSK, p/ device.
. Do not place the cellular phone in an area 4DQPSK
surrounded by metal or far away from the in- . This Class B digital apparatus meets all
— Number of Channel: 79 requirements of the Canadian Interference-
vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality
— This wireless equipment can’t be used Causing Equipment Regulations.
degradation and wireless connection dis-
for any services related to safety because Bluetooth trademark:
ruption.
there is the possibility of radio interfer-
. While a cellular phone is connected through Bluetooth® is a trademark owned
ence.
the Bluetooth® wireless connection, the by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A.
battery power of the cellular phone may REGULATORY INFORMATION
S35-D-110201-F1CF99FA-DF4D-4F1C-9382-2A9604425783
and licensed to Visteon Cor-
poration.
discharge quicker than usual. The Blue- FCC Regulatory information
S35-D-110201-306DC0A5-A71E-4099-9669-8B17CC42CFDF
tooth® Hands-Free Phone System cannot USING S35-D-110201-13F73A63-B264-4FC2-B9BF-49C3E770A44E
THE SYSTEM
. CAUTION: To maintain compliance with
charge cellular phones. FCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use only The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows
. If the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System the supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna, hands-free operation of the Bluetooth® Hands-
seems to be malfunctioning, see “Trouble- modification, or attachments could damage Free Phone System.
shooting guide” later in this section. You can the transmitter and may violate FCC regula- If the vehicle is in motion, some commands may
also visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for tions. not be available so full attention may be given to
troubleshooting help. . Operation is subject to the following two vehicle operation.
. Some cellular phones or other devices may conditions:
cause interference or a buzzing noise to
1) this device may not cause interference
come from the audio system speakers.
and
Storing the device in a different location
2) this device must accept any interference,
may reduce or eliminate the noise.
including interference that may cause
4-68 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Initialization
S35-D-110201-B6F81CD9-5344-4D85-A9DE-C284E952B6BB
Giving S35-D-110201-4F228DE0-FF8C-45CD-913D-E1D3ACE513CA
voice command . If you want to adjust the volume of the voice
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition, push feedback, push the volume control switch (+
position, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia- and release the button located on the or −) on the steering wheel while being
lized, which takes a few seconds. If the steering wheel. After the tone sounds, speak a provided with feedback. You can also use
button is pushed before the initialization com- command. the radio volume control knob.
pletes, the system will accept any command. . In most cases you can interrupt the voice
The command given is picked up by the
feedback to speak the next command by
Operating tips microphone, and voice feedback is given when
S35-D-110201-2FD5B1C0-EB73-44DB-ACF2-D363384115D4 pushing the button on the steering
the command is accepted.
To get the best performance out of the NISSAN wheel.
Voice Recognition system, observe the follow- . If you need to hear the available commands . To use the system faster, you may speak the
ing: for the current menu again, say “Help” and second level commands with the main menu
the system will repeat them. command on the main menu. For example,
. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as
. If a command is not recognized, the system push the button and after the tone say,
possible. Close the windows to eliminate
announces, “Command not recognized. “Call Redial.” Note: The combined com-
surrounding noises (traffic noises, vibration
Please say again.” Repeat the command in mand of Call and (a Name) cannot be used.
sounds, etc.), which may prevent the system
a clear voice.
from recognizing voice commands correctly.
. If you want to go back to the previous How toS35-D-110201-6424B4F4-E5FD-4CF0-88DD-02B9027CCC3D
say numbers
. Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a
command, you can say “Go back” or NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain
command. Otherwise, the command will not
“Correction” anytime the system is waiting way to speak numbers in voice commands.
be received properly.
for a response. Refer to the rules and examples below.
. Start speaking a command within 5 seconds
. You can cancel a command when the . Either “zero” or “oh” can be used for “0”.
after the tone sounds.
system is waiting for a response by saying, Example: 1-800-662-6200
. Speak in a natural voice without pausing
“Cancel” or “Quit.” The system announces — “One eight oh oh six six two six two oh
between words.
“Cancel” and ends the VR session. You can oh”, or
also push and hold the button for 5
— “One eight zero zero six six two six two
seconds on the steering wheel at any time to
oh oh”
cancel the VR session. Whenever the VR
session is cancelled, a double beep is . Words can be used for the first 4 digits
played to indicate you have exited the places only.
system. Example: 1-800-662-6200
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-69
— “One eight hundred six six two six two oh . Say “plus” for “+” (available only when using Manual S35-D-110201-31E19BFD-30E3-47AD-B12A-3175F338B5EA
command selection
oh”, the “Special Dialing” command). Commands can be selected manually. While the
— NOT “One eight hundred six six two sixty . Say “pause” for a 2 second pause (available commands are displayed on the audio screen,
two hundred, and only when storing a phone book number). select a command by operating the audio tuning
— NOT “One eight oh oh six six two sixty See “Making a call by entering a phone switch, and then push the switch. Once a
two hundred. number” later in this section and “List of command is manually selected, the voice
. Numbers can be spoken in small groups. voice commands” later in this section for command function is cancelled. To return to
The system will prompt you to continuing more information. voice command mode, push the switch to
entering digits, if desired. NOTE: cancel the current operation, and then perform
Example: 1-800-662-6200 the first procedure of voice command.
For best results, say phone numbers as
— “One eight zero zero” single digits.
The system repeats the numbers and The voice command “Help” is available at any
prompts you to enter more.
time. Please say the “Help” command to get
— “six six two” information about how to use the system.
The system repeats the numbers and
prompts you to enter more. INFO
— “six two zero zero” . If you are controlling the telephone system
. You can say “Star” for “*” and “Pound” for by voice command for the first time or do not
“#” at any time in any position of the phone know the appropriate voice command,
number. (Available only when using the speak “Help”. The system announces the
“Special Dialing” command.) available commands.
Example: 1-555-1212 *123 . When you speak numbers, you can speak
both “zero” or “oh” for “0”.
— “One five five five one two one two star
one two three”
. Say “pound” for “#”. Say “star” for “*”
(available when using the “Special Dialing”
command and the “Send” command during
a call).
4-70 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
1. Push the button on the steering wheel. prompts you for a name again. any special characters, say “Special Dial-
The system announces the available com- ing”. See “How to say numbers” earlier in
mands. Making a call by entering a phone this section, for more information.
number S35-D-110201-48F3CC44-24F0-42A7-9ED8-7F516582EFF2
2. Say: “Connect Phone” * A . The system 5. When you have finished speaking the phone
acknowledges the command and an- number, the system repeats it back and
nounces the next set of available commands. announces the available commands.
3. Say: “Add phone” * B . The system acknowl- 6. Say: “Dial” *
C . The system acknowledges
edges the command and asks you to initiate the command and makes the call.
NOS2624
pairing from the phone handset * C . For additional command options, see “List of
The connecting procedure of the cellular 1. Push the button on steering wheel. A voice commands” later in this section.
phone varies according to each cellular tone will sound.
Receiving a call
phone. See the cellular phone Owner’s 2. Say: “Call” *A . The system acknowledges S35-D-110201-89DA9BAB-3811-45B1-8BA4-9FBB801C0C2A
Manual for details. You can also visit www. the command and announces the next set of When you hear the ring tone, push the
nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instructions on available commands. button on the steering wheel.
connecting NISSAN recommended cellular 3. Say: “Phone Number” * B . The system Once the call has ended, push the button
phones. acknowledges the command and an- on the steering wheel.
When prompted for a Passkey code, enter nounces the next set of available commands. NOTE:
“1234” from the handset. The Passkey code Say: “Special Dialing” to dial more than 10 If you do not wish to take the call when you
“1234” has been assigned by NISSAN and digits or any special characters. hear the ring tone, push the button on
cannot be changed. 4. Say the number you wish to call starting with the steering wheel to reject the call.
4. The system asks you to say a name for the the area code in single digit format. If the
phone *D . system has trouble recognizing the correct
If the name is too long or too short, the phone number, try entering the number in
system tells you, then prompts you for a the following groups: 3-digit area code, 3-
name again. digit prefix and the last 4-digits. For example,
555-121-3354 can be said as “five five five”
Also, if more than one phone is connected
as the 1st group, then “one two one” as the
and the name sounds too much like a name
2nd group, and “three three five four” as the
already used, the system tells you, then
3rd group. For dialing more than 10 digits or
4-72 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
LIST OFS35-D-110201-89D632E4-E213-49DE-B708-658FF60A7E12
VOICE COMMANDS the system is waiting for a response. to call. Refer to “Making a call by entering a
phone number” earlier in this section for more
Call S35-D-110201-0463C046-75B9-4CA6-8393-19E851C13897 details.
“Redial” *
C
wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter to the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone sys- tells you, then prompts you for a name again.
commands. tem, push the button. Also, if the name sounds too much like a name
. “Help” — The system announces the avail- . “Mute” — Use the Mute command to mute already stored, the system tells you, then
able commands. your voice so the other party cannot hear it. prompts you for a name again.
. “Go back/Correction” — The system an- Use the mute command again to unmute
The system will ask you to transfer a phone
nounces “Go back,” ends the VR session your voice.
number stored in the cellular phone’s memory.
and returns to the call. NOTE:
To enter a phone number by voice command:
. “Cancel/Quit” — The system announces If a call is ended or the cellular phone
For example, say: “five five five one two one
“Cancel,” ends the VR session and returns network connection is lost while the Mute
two.” See “How to say numbers” earlier in this
to the call. feature is on, the Mute feature will be reset
section for more information.
. “Send/Enter/Call/Dial” — Use the Send to “off” for the next call so the other party
command to enter numbers, “*” or “#” can hear your voice. To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular
during a call. For example, if you were phone’s memory:
Phonebook (phones without automatic
directed to dial an extension by an auto- Say: “Transfer entry.” The system acknowledges
phonebook download function)
mated system: S35-D-110201-26A48EEF-193A-4F7A-A722-CFA61BDF26C6 the command and asks you to initiate the
Say: “Send one two three four.” transfer from the phone handset. The new
The system acknowledges the command contact phone number will be transferred from
and sends the tones associated with the the cellular phone via the Bluetooth® commu-
numbers. The system then ends the VR nication link.
session and returns to the call. Say “star” for The transfer procedure varies according to each
“*”, say “pound” for “#”. NOS2627 cellular phone. See the cellular phone Owner’s
. “Transfer call” — Use the Transfer Call Manual for details. You can also visit www.
“Transfer Entry” *
A
nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instructions on
command to transfer the call from the
Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System to transferring phone numbers from NISSAN re-
name in the system. commended cellular phones.
the cellular phone when privacy is desired.
The system announces, “Transfer call. Call When prompted by the system, say the name The system repeats the number and prompts
transferred to privacy mode.” The system you would like to give the new entry. you for the next command. When you have
then ends the VR session. For example, say: “Mary.” finished entering numbers or transferring an
To reconnect a call from the cellular phone If the name is too long or too short, the system entry, choose “Store.”
4-74 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
The system confirms the name, location and the phonebook (PBAP Bluetooth profile), the system goes back to the main menu.
number. “Phonebook” command is used to manage You can stop the playback of the list at any time
“Delete Entry” *
B entries to the vehicle phonebook. You can say by pushing the button on the steering
the name of an entry at this menu to initiate wheel. The system ends the VR session. See the
Use the Delete Entry command to delete one
dialing of that entry. “Record Name” command in this section for
entry from the phonebook. After the system
acknowledges a command, say the name to The phonebook stores up to 1000 names for information about recording custom voice tags
delete or say “List Names” to choose an entry. each phone paired with the system. Each name for list entries that the system has difficulty
can have up to 4 locations/phone numbers pronouncing.
“List Names” *
C
associated with it.
Use the List Names command to hear all the
When a phone is connected to the system, the “Record name” *
B
names in the phonebook. The system recites the
phonebook is automatically downloaded to the
phonebook entries but does not include the The system allows you to record custom voice
vehicle. This feature allows you to access your
actual phone numbers. When playback of the tags for contact names in the phonebook that
phonebook from the Bluetooth® system and call
list is complete, the system returns to the main the vehicle has difficulty recognizing. This
contacts by name. You can record a custom
menu. feature can also be used to record voice tags
voice tag for contact names that the system has
Playback of the list can be stopped at any time to directly dial an entry with multiple numbers.
difficulty recognizing. For more information see
by pushing the button on the steering Up to 40 voice tags can be recorded to the
“Record Name” in this section.
wheel. The system ends the VR session. system.
NOTE:
Phonebook (phones with automatic Each phone has its own separate phone- Recent S35-D-110201-A0FE88D4-B4CA-4E30-A7EC-6924630DE801
Calls
phonebook download function)
S35-D-110201-A16A631F-548A-4D41-AD75-635CD3062E55
book. You cannot access Phone A’s phone-
NOTE: book if you are currently connected with
Phone B.
Phonebook commands are not available
when the vehicle is moving. “List names” *
A
The system recites the phone book entries but Use the Recent Calls command to access
NOS2637 does not include the actual phone numbers. outgoing, incoming or missed calls.
When the playback of the list is complete, the “Outgoing” *
A
For phones that support automatic download of
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-75
Use the Outgoing command to list the outgoing in this section for more information. SPEAKER ADAPTATION (SA) MODE
S35-D-110201-6F97B5D3-401C-46AD-9389-BD952ABFFFE3
calls made from the vehicle. “Select Phone” *
B Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out-of
“Incoming” *
B Use the Select Phone command to select from a dialect users to train the system to improve
Use the Incoming command to list the incoming list of phones connected to the vehicle. The recognition accuracy. By repeating a number of
calls made from the vehicle. system will list the names assigned to each commands, the users can create a voice model
phone and then prompt you for the phone you of their own voice that is stored in the system.
“Missed” *
C
The system is capable of storing a different
wish to select. Only one phone can be active at
Use the Missed command to list the missed speaker adaptation model for each connected
a time.
calls made to the vehicle that were not phone.
answered. “Delete Phone” *
C
6. If the connected phone is already in use, the . delete call back number . delete redial number
system will prompt you to overwrite. Follow . Incoming . phonebook list names
the instructions provided by the system. . Transfer entry . call 8 0 5 4 1
7. When preparation is complete and you are . 8 pause 9 3 2 pause 7 . correction
ready to begin, push the button. . delete all entries . connect phone
8. The SA mode will be explained. Follow the . call 7 2 4 0 9 . dial 7 4 0 1 8
instructions provided by the system. . phonebook delete entry . previous entry
9. When training is finished, the system will tell . next entry . delete
you an adequate number of phrases have . dial star 2 1 7 0 . dial 9 7 2 6 6
been recorded.
. yes . call 7 6 3 0 1
10. The system will announce that speaker . no . go back
adaptation has been completed and the
. select . call 5 6 2 8 0
system is ready.
. Missed . dial 6 6 4 3 7
The SA mode will stop if:
. dial 8 5 6 9 2
. The button is pushed for more than 5 . Bluetooth on
seconds in SA mode.
. Outgoing
. The vehicle is driven during SA mode.
. call 3 1 9 0 2
. The ignition switch is turned to the OFF or
. 9 7 pause pause 3 0 8
LOCK position.
. cancel
TrainingS35-D-110201-A9BBF6B8-DFC7-4F2F-9DC8-78DC45C7C45F
phrases . call back number
During the SA mode, the system instructs you to . call star 2 0 9 5
say the following phrases. . delete phone
(The system will prompt you for each phrase.) . dial 8 3 0 5 1
. phonebook transfer entry . Record Name
. dial 3 0 4 2 9 . 4 3 pause 2 9 pause 0
Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-77
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
S35-D-110201-3D8483FA-076C-40CB-8565-9B227BA85009
The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions.
Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.
Symptom Solution
1. Ensure that the command is valid. See “List of voice commands” earlier in this section.
2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.
3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle.
System fails to interpret the command correctly. 4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is too
noisy to use the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.
5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.
6. If the system consistently fails to recognize commands, the voice training procedure should be carried out to
improve the recognition response for the speaker. See “Speaker Adaptation (SA) mode” earlier in this section.
1. Ensure that the phonebook entry name requested matches what was originally stored. This can be confirmed by
The system consistently selects the wrong entry from using the “List Names” command. See “Phonebook (phones without automatic phonebook download function)”
the phonebook. earlier in this section.
2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.
4-78 Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
functions in the ignition, fuel injec- Each tire, including the spare (if provided),
THREE-WAY CATALYST tion, or electrical systems can cause should be checked monthly when cold and
S35-D-110201-6C684C77-26EF-469E-8CDF-33CAC09CE017
overrich fuel flow into the three-way inflated to the inflation pressure recommended
The three-way catalyst is an emission control
catalyst, causing it to overheat. Do by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle
device installed in the exhaust system. Exhaust
not keep driving if the engine mis- placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your
gases in the three-way catalyst are burned at
fires, or if noticeable loss of perfor- vehicle has tires of a different size than the size
high temperatures to help reduce pollutants.
mance or other unusual operating indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
conditions are detected. Have the pressure label, you should determine the proper
WARNING vehicle inspected promptly by a tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
NISSAN dealer. As an added safety feature, your vehicle has
. The exhaust gas and the exhaust been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring
. Avoid driving with an extremely low
system are very hot. Keep people, System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
animals or flammable materials pressure telltale when one or more of your tires
cause the engine to misfire, dama-
away from the exhaust system com- is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when
ging the three-way catalyst.
ponents. the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
. Do not race the engine while warm-
. Do not stop or park the vehicle over should stop and check your tires as soon as
ing it up.
flammable materials such as dry possible, and inflate them to the proper pres-
grass, waste paper or rags. They . Do not push or tow your vehicle to sure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire
may ignite and cause a fire. start the engine. causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-
ciency and tire tread life, and may affect the
vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
CAUTION
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for
. Do not use leaded gasoline. Depos- proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s
its from leaded gasoline will ser- responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure,
iously reduce the three-way even if under-inflation has not reached the level
catalyst’s ability to help reduce ex- to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale. flat tire while driving). pressure for all four tires.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a . The low tire pressure warning light does not For additional information, see “Low tire pres-
TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the automatically turn off when the tire pressure sure warning light” in the “2. Instruments and
system is not operating properly. The TPMS is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the controls” section and “Tire Pressure Monitoring
malfunction indicator is combined with the low recommended pressure, the vehicle must be System (TPMS)” in the “6. In case of emer-
tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) gency” section.
malfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi- to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire
mately one minute and then remain continuously pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure
illuminated. This sequence will continue upon gauge to check the tire pressure. WARNING
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the . The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning (if
. If the low tire pressure warning light
malfunction exists. When the malfunction indi- so equipped) appears in the vehicle infor-
illuminates while driving, avoid sud-
cator is illuminated, the system may not be able mation display when the low tire pressure
den steering maneuvers or abrupt
to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. warning light is illuminated and low tire
braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of pressure is detected. The CHECK TIRE
off the road to a safe location and
reasons, including the installation of replace- PRESSURE warning (if so equipped) turns
stop the vehicle as soon as possi-
ment or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle off when the low tire pressure warning light
ble. Driving with under-inflated tires
that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. turns off.
may permanently damage the tires
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning (if and increase the likelihood of tire
after replacing one or more tires or wheels on so equipped) does not appear if the low tire failure. Serious vehicle damage
your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or pressure warning light illuminates to indicate could occur and may lead to an
alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to a TPMS malfunction. accident and could result in serious
continue to function properly. . Tire pressure rises and falls depending on personal injury. Check the tire pres-
Additional information the heat caused by the vehicle’s operation sure for all four tires. Adjust the tire
GUID-1EB521A7-B20A-476D-B8B6-0AE64B1EF469
and the outside temperature. Low outside pressure to the recommended COLD
. The TPMS does not monitor the tire
temperature can lower the temperature of tire pressure shown on the Tire and
pressure of the spare tire.
the air inside the tire which can cause a Loading Information label to turn
. The TPMS will activate only when the lower tire inflation pressure. This may cause the low tire pressure warning light
vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH the low tire pressure warning light to OFF. If you have a flat tire, replace it
(25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect illuminate. If the warning light illuminates in with a spare tire as soon as possi-
a sudden drop in tire pressure (for example a low ambient temperature, check the tire
5-4 Starting and driving
ble. (See “Flat tire” in the “6. In case . Do not place metalized film or any pressly approved by the party responsible
of emergency” section for changing metal parts (antenna, etc.) on the for compliance could void the user’s
a flat tire.) windows. This may cause poor re- authority to operate the equipment.
. When a spare tire is mounted or a ception of the signals from the tire For Canada:
wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not pressure sensors, and the TPMS will This device complies with RSS-210 of
function and the low tire pressure not function properly. Industry Canada. Operation is subject to
warning light will flash for approxi- the following two conditions: (1) this
mately 1 minute. The light will Some devices and transmitters may temporarily device may not cause interference, and
remain on after 1 minute. Contact interfere with the operation of the TPMS and (2) this device must accept any interfer-
your NISSAN dealer as soon as cause the low tire pressure warning light to ence, including interference that may
possible for tire replacement and/ illuminate. Some examples are: cause undesired operation of the device.
or system resetting. . Facilities or electric devices using similar AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL-
. Replacing tires with those not ori- radio frequencies are near the vehicle. OVER GUID-8CC33DA4-1AF0-4342-B809-19CE1354D01B
ginally specified by NISSAN could . If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is
affect the proper operation of the being used in or near the vehicle.
TPMS. . If a computer (or similar equipment) or a DC/ WARNING
. Do not inject any tire liquid or AC converter is being used in or near the
vehicle. Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe
aerosol tire sealant into the tires, and prudent manner may result in loss
as this may cause a malfunction of FCC Notice:
of control or an accident.
the tire pressure sensors. For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obey
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed,
CAUTION following two conditions: (1) This device high speed cornering, or sudden steering
may not cause harmful interference, and maneuvers, because these driving practices
. The TPMS may not function properly (2) this device must accept any interfer- could cause you to lose control of your vehicle.
when the wheels are equipped with ence received, including interference that As with any vehicle, a loss of control could
tire chains or the wheels are buried may cause undesired operation. result in a collision with other vehicles or
in snow. Note: Changes or modifications not ex- objects, or cause the vehicle to rollover,
particularly if the loss of control causes the at the same speeds as conventional passenger 4. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-
vehicle to slide sideways. Be attentive at all cars any more than low-slung sports cars are erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.
times, and avoid driving when tired. Never drive designed to perform satisfactorily under off-road 5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the
when under the influence of alcohol or drugs conditions. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or vehicle to follow the road while the vehicle
(including prescription or over-the-counter abrupt maneuvers, particularly at high speeds. speed is reduced. Do not attempt to drive
drugs which may cause drowsiness). Always As with other vehicles of this type, failure to the vehicle back onto the road surface until
wear your seat belt as outlined in the “Seat operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss vehicle speed is reduced.
belts” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat belts and of control or vehicle rollover. Seat belts help
6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn the
supplemental restraint system” section of this reduce the risk of injury in collisions and
steering wheel until both tires return to the
manual, and also instruct your passengers to do rollovers. In a rollover crash, an unbelted or
road surface. When all tires are on the road
so. improperly belted person is significantly more
surface, steer the vehicle to stay in the
Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in likely to be injured or killed than a person
appropriate driving lane.
collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, an properly wearing a seat belt.
. If you decide that it is not safe to return
unbelted or improperly belted person is Be sure to read “Driving safety precautions” the vehicle to the road surface based on
significantly more likely to be injured or later in this section. vehicle, road or traffic conditions, gradu-
killed than a person properly wearing a OFF-ROAD GUID-8AE1A9CD-5285-4296-880C-280D2FA43FBA
RECOVERY ally slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe
seat belt. place off the road.
If the right side or left side wheels leave the road
ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD surface, maintain control of the vehicle by RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS
DRIVING PRECAUTIONS following the procedure below. Please note that
GUID-6FF196AC-FF92-483D-9FE2-BD46481D5F0A
S35-D-110201-200796C5-D538-48BF-A739-570F1F9B79A1 Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” can
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher this procedure is only a general guide. The occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due
rollover rate than other types of vehicles. vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressure
They have higher ground clearance than pas- the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic. loss can also be caused by driving on under-
senger cars to make them capable of performing 1. Remain calm and do not overreact. inflated tires.
in a variety of on-pavement and off-road 2. Do not apply the brakes. Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling
applications. This gives them a higher center of and stability of the vehicle, especially at highway
3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel
gravity than ordinary cars. An advantage of speeds.
with both hands and try to hold a straight
higher ground clearance is a better view of the
course. Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by main-
road, allowing you to anticipate problems.
taining the correct air pressure and visually
However, they are not designed for cornering
5-6 Starting and driving
inspect the tires for wear and damage. See 2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel verity of the injury.
“Wheels and tires” in the “8. Maintenance and with both hands and try to hold a straight
do-it-yourself” section of this manual. course.
NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However,
If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or “blows-out” 3. When appropriate, slowly release the accel- you must choose not to drive under the influence
while driving maintain control of the vehicle by erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle. of alcohol. Every year thousands of people are
following the procedure below. Please note that 4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location injured or killed in alcohol-related accidents.
this procedure is only a general guide. The off the road and away from traffic if possible. Although the local laws vary on what is
vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on considered to be legally intoxicated, the fact is
5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually
the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic. that alcohol affects all people differently and
stop the vehicle.
most people underestimate the effects of
6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers and alcohol.
WARNING either contact a roadside emergency service
to change the tire or see “Changing a flat Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! And
The following actions can increase the tire” in the “6. In case of emergency” section that is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter,
chance of losing control of the vehicle if of this Owner’s Manual. prescription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive if
there is a sudden loss of tire air your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by
pressure. Losing control of the vehicle
DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND alcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition.
may cause a collision and result in DRIVING GUID-0C2FCF2D-F6C9-49A3-8519-5AED7405747D
DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
S35-D-110201-E7A06B68-B9DA-4F86-B811-CCB6BF916820
personal injury.
Your NISSAN is designed for both normal and
. The vehicle generally moves or pulls WARNING off-road use. However, avoid driving in deep
in the direction of the flat tire. water or mud as your NISSAN is mainly
Never drive under the influence of designed for leisure use, unlike a conventional
. Do not rapidly apply the brakes.
alcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the blood- off-road vehicle.
. Do not rapidly release the accelera- stream reduces coordination, delays
tor pedal. Remember that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) mod-
reaction time and impairs judgement.
els are less capable than All-Wheel Drive
. Do not rapidly turn the steering Driving after drinking alcohol increases
(AWD) models for rough road driving and
wheel. the likelihood of being involved in an
extrication when stuck in deep snow, mud, or
accident injuring yourself and others.
the like.
1. Remain calm and do not overreact. Additionally, if you are injured in an
accident, alcohol can increase the se- Please observe the following precautions:
expected vehicle movement which center of gravity than a conventional . Spinning the front wheels on slip-
could result in serious vehicle da- passenger car. The vehicle is not pery surfaces may cause the AWD
mage or personal injury. designed for cornering at the same warning light to flash and the AWD
. Do not attempt to test an AWD speeds as conventional passenger system to automatically switch from
equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy- cars. Failure to operate this vehicle the AWD mode to the 2WD mode.
namometer (such as the dynam- correctly could result in loss of This could reduce traction. Be espe-
ometers used by some states for control and/or a rollover accident. cially careful when towing a trailer.
emissions testing), or similar equip- . Always use tires of the same type, (AWD models)
ment even if the other two wheels size, brand, construction (bias, bias-
are raised off the ground. Make sure belted or radial), and tread pattern
you inform test facility personnel on all four wheels. Install traction
that your vehicle is equipped with devices on the front wheels when
AWD before it is placed on a driving on slippery roads and drive
dynamometer. Using the wrong test carefully.
equipment may result in drivetrain . Be sure to check the brakes imme-
damage or unexpected vehicle diately after driving in mud or water.
movement which could result in See “Brake system” later in this
serious vehicle damage or personal section for wet brakes.
injury.
. Avoid parking your vehicle on steep
. When a wheel is off the ground due hills. If you get out of the vehicle
to an unlevel surface, do not spin and it rolls forward, backward or
the wheel excessively. (AWD mod- sideways, you could be injured.
els)
. Whenever you drive off-road
. Accelerating quickly, sharp steering through sand, mud or water as deep
maneuvers or sudden braking may as the wheel hub, more frequent
cause loss of control. maintenance may be required. See
. If at all possible, avoid sharp turning the maintenance information in the
maneuvers, particularly at high “NISSAN Service and Maintenance
speeds. Your vehicle has a higher Guide”.
Starting and driving 5-9
IGNITION SWITCH
S35-D-110201-5700BCBC-6DD7-45B8-832F-13606871BC4B
SSD0669 SSD0436
be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON ON (3) S35-D-110201-9D3A8F96-70AB-4768-80FB-4789116DD6AD . Make sure the area around the vehicle is
position with the foot brake pedal depressed. clear.
The ignition system and the electrical accessory
The OFF position * 1 is between the LOCK and power activate without the engine turned on. . Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool-
ACC positions, although it is not marked on the ant, brake fluid, and window washer fluid as
ignition switch. START S35-D-110201-79ACFB24-9ADC-4251-AB1C-2447A8767855
(4) frequently as possible, or at least whenever
The engine starter activates and the engine will you refuel.
KEY POSITIONS
S35-D-110201-06396A46-A2D1-4669-9D84-BF9FD54D3642 start. The ignition switch, when released, will . Check that all windows and lights are clean.
LOCK (0)
S35-D-110201-3766F96D-1AD8-4926-9BF6-89EEF00D4EE3
automatically turn to the ON position. . Visually inspect tires for their appearance
Except for the Intelligent Key equipped and condition. Also check tires for proper
model: inflation.
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 CAUTION . Lock all doors.
The key can only be removed from the ignition
switch at this position. As soon as the engine has started, . Position seat and adjust head restraints.
release the ignition switch immediately. . Adjust inside and outside mirrors.
For the Intelligent Key equipped model:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to
PUSH OFF -
do likewise.
The ignition switch is locked at this position. . Check the operation of warning lights when
PUSH ON - the ignition key is turned to the ON position.
The ignition switch will be unlocked while (See “Warning/indicator lights and audible
carrying the Intelligent Key. reminders” in the “2. Instruments and con-
trols” section.)
OFF (1) S35-D-110201-B63E5331-2F3F-4787-8587-50D4072E5971
The power supply is turned off.
ACC (2)
S35-D-110201-A6FC5348-7C27-49D0-A408-EB98CE521FDB
The electrical accessory power activates without
the engine turned on.
2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed, push of engine braking which may result
the selector lever button and move the in a collision, serious personal in-
selector lever to a driving position. jury or death. In addition, coasting
3. Release the parking brake and foot brake with the transmission in the N
pedal, and then gradually start the vehicle in (Neutral) position may cause ser-
motion. ious damage to the transmission.
WARNING
CAUTION
. Do not depress the accelerator
pedal while shifting from P (Park) . When stopping the vehicle on an
or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D uphill grade, do not hold the vehicle
(Drive), L (Low). Always depress by depressing the accelerator pedal. SSD0665
the brake pedal until shifting is The foot brake should be used for
completed. Failure to do so could this purpose. Shifting S35-D-110201-06F074F0-546E-4865-A769-64F3F1CC3D96
cause you to lose control and have . Do not downshift abruptly on slip- To move the selector lever,
an accident. pery roads. This may cause a loss of
control.
: *
Push the button A while depressing the
. Cold engine idle speed is high, so brake pedal.
use caution when shifting into a : Push the button.
forward or reverse gear before the : Just move the selector lever.
engine has warmed up.
After starting the engine, fully depress the brake
. Never shift to P (Park) or R (Re-
pedal, push the selector lever button and move
verse) while vehicle is moving. Fail-
the selector lever from the P (Park) position to
ure to do so could cause you to lose
any of the desired shift positions.
control and have an accident.
. Except in an emergency, do not shift
to the N (Neutral) position while
driving. Doing so can cause a loss
PARKING BRAKE
S35-D-110201-37FB1B7F-A7C8-447C-BDCE-AF83216954D5
CRUISE CONTROL
S35-D-110201-6BA0E60E-E6DD-4377-9F64-19E20F97589F
PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON- . on winding or hilly roads
TROL S35-D-110201-E4BDAA6A-ABCA-43DB-9AF9-129EFB44F8C2 . on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,
. If the cruise control system malfunctions, it etc.)
will cancel automatically. The SET indicator . in very windy areas
on the vehicle information display will then
blink to warn the driver. Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle
control and result in an accident.
. If the engine coolant temperature becomes
excessively high, the cruise control system
will cancel automatically.
. If the SET indicator on the vehicle informa-
tion display blinks, turn the cruise control
main switch off and have the system
checked by a NISSAN dealer. SSD0668
. The SET indicator on the vehicle information
1. ACCEL/RES switch
display may blink when the cruise control
2. COAST/SET switch
main switch is turned ON while pushing the
3. CANCEL switch
ACCEL/RES, COAST/SET or CANCEL
4. MAIN (ON·OFF) switch
switch. To properly set the cruise control
system, perform the following procedures. CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS
S35-D-110201-B1AAA37C-0645-4382-B965-6CDA161EFC80
The cruise control allows driving at a speed
between 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)
WARNING without keeping your foot on the accelerator
pedal.
Do not use the cruise control when
driving under the following conditions: To turn on the cruise control, push the MAIN
switch on. The CRUISE indicator on the vehicle
. when it is not possible to keep the information display will illuminate.
vehicle at a set speed
To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicle
. in heavy traffic or in traffic that to the desired speed, push the COAST/SET
varies in speed switch and release it. (The SET indicator light on
Starting and driving 5-19
BREAK-IN SCHEDULE
S35-D-110201-5AF1C016-DF79-45EE-9EC9-6B7A1E7369A1
the vehicle information display will illuminate.) — If you move the selector lever to the N
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. Your (Neutral) position, the cruise control will CAUTION
vehicle will maintain the set speed. be canceled.
. To pass another vehicle, depress the To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),
accelerator pedal. When you release the of the following methods: follow these recommendations to ob-
pedal, the vehicle will return to the previously . Depress the accelerator pedal. When the tain maximum engine performance and
set speed. vehicle attains the desired speed, push and ensure the future reliability and econo-
. The vehicle may not maintain the set speed release the COAST/SET switch. my of your new vehicle. Failure to
on winding or hilly roads. If this happens, . Push and hold the ACCEL/RES switch. follow these recommendations may
drive without the cruise control. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, result in shortened engine life and
To cancel the preset speed, use one of the release the switch. reduced engine performance.
following methods: . Push, then quickly release the ACCEL/RES
. Push the CANCEL switch. The SET indica- switch. Each time you do this, the set speed . Avoid driving for long periods at constant
tor on the vehicle information display will will increase by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h). speed, either fast or slow. Do not run the
turn off. To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one engine over 4,000 rpm.
. Tap the brake pedal. The SET indicator on of the following methods: . Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.
the vehicle information display will turn off. . Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the . Avoid quick starts.
. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both the CRUISE vehicle attains the desired speed, push the . Avoid hard braking as much as possible.
and SET indicator on the vehicle information COAST/SET switch and release it. . Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles
display will turn off. . Push and hold the COAST/SET switch. (800 km). Your engine, axle or other parts
— If you depress the brake pedal while Release the switch when the vehicle slows could be damaged.
pushing the ACCEL/RES or COAST/ down to the desired speed.
SET switch and reset at the cruising . Push, then quickly release the COAST/SET
speed, the cruise control will disengage. switch. Each time you do this, the set speed
Turn the MAIN switch off once and then will decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).
turn it on again. To resume the preset speed, push and
— The cruise control will automatically release the ACCEL/RES switch. The vehicle
cancel if the vehicle slows more than 8 will resume the last set cruising speed when the
MPH (12 km/h) below the set speed. vehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).
5-20 Starting and driving
may be altered causing inaccurate Keep the sonar sensors (located on the bumper
measurement of obstacles or false fascia) free from snow, ice and large accumula- WARNING
alarms. tions of dirt (do not clean the sensors with sharp
objects). If the sensors are covered, it will affect . For AWD equipped vehicles, do not
the accuracy of the sonar system. attempt to raise two wheels off the
If the sonar system malfunctions, the beep ground and shift the transmission to
CAUTION sounds for 3 seconds when the ignition any drive or reverse position with
switch is placed in the ON position. Have the engine running. Doing so may
Excessive noise will interfere with the
the system checked by a NISSAN dealer. result in drivetrain damage or un-
warning chime sound and the chime
expected vehicle movement which
may not be heard.
could result in serious vehicle da-
mage or personal injury.
When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
. Do not attempt to test an AWD
the sonar system is operational.
equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy-
The sonar system sounds a tone to warn the namometer (such as the dynam-
driver of obstacles near the bumper. The system ometers used by some states for
detects rear obstacles when the selector lever is emissions testing) or similar equip-
in the R (Reverse) position. The system may not ment even if the other two wheels
detect objects at speeds above 6 MPH (10 are raised off the ground. Make sure
km/h) and may not detect certain angular or that you inform the test facility
moving objects. personnel that your vehicle is
The sonar system detects obstacles up to 3.3 ft equipped with AWD before it is
(1 m) from the rear bumper with a decreased placed on a dynamometer. Using
coverage area at the outer corners of the rear the wrong test equipment may re-
bumper. Refer to the illustration for approximate sult in drivetrain damage or unex-
zone coverage areas. As you move closer to the pected vehicle movement which
obstacle, the rate of the tone increases. When could result in serious vehicle da-
the obstacle is less than 11.8 in (30 cm) away, mage or personal injury.
the tone will sound continuously.
. Engine idling speed is high while while the engine is running, the warning light will
warming up the engine. Be espe- come on.
cially careful when starting or driv- The warning light may blink rapidly (about twice
ing on slippery surfaces. per second) while trying to free a stuck vehicle
. When turning the vehicle in LOCK due to high powertrain oil temperature. The
mode on paved roads, you may feel driving mode may change to 2WD. AUTO mode
a braking effect. This is a normal may change to LOCK mode before the warning
condition of the AWD model. light blinks. If the warning light blinks rapidly
during operation, stop the vehicle with the
engine idling in a safe place immediately. Then
if the light turns off after a while, you can
continue driving.
A large difference between the diameters of
front and rear wheels will make the warning light
blink slowly (about once per two seconds). Pull
off the road in a safe area, and idle the engine.
Check that all tire sizes are the same, tire
pressure is correct and tires are not worn.
CAUTION
SSD0336B
. If the warning light remains on after
AWD WARNING LIGHT
S35-D-110201-3BC7286A-1220-41F9-A284-3DEC13D72208 the above operation, have your
The AWD warning light is located in the meter. vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer
The AWD warning light illuminates when the as soon as possible.
ignition switch is turned to the ON position. It . If the warning light comes on while
turns off soon after the engine is started. driving there may be a malfunction
If any malfunction occurs in the AWD system in the AWD system. Reduce the
vehicle speed and have your vehicle
5-24 Starting and driving
PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS
GUID-DF673D76-EF6A-4032-840A-C9929934DE7D
SSD0488
3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into wheel operations that could cause the electric
traffic when parked on an incline, it is a good WARNING power steering system to overheat.
practice to turn the wheels as illustrated. You may hear a sound when the steering wheel
. HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: * 1 . If the engine is not running or is is operated quickly. However, this is not a
Turn the wheels into the curb and move turned off while driving, the power malfunction.
the vehicle forward until the curb side assist for the steering will not work.
wheel gently touches the curb. If the electric power steering warning light
Steering will be harder to operate. illuminates while the engine is running, it may
. HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: * 2
. When the electric power steering indicate the electric power steering system is
Turn the wheels away from the curb and warning light illuminates with the not functioning properly and may need servicing.
move the vehicle back until the curb side
wheel gently touches the curb. engine running, the power assist for Have the electric power steering system
. HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO
the steering will cease operation. checked by a NISSAN dealer. (See “Electric
You will still have control of the power steering warning light” in the “2. Instru-
CURB: * 3
vehicle but the steering will be ments and controls” section.)
Turn the wheels toward the side of the harder to operate.
road so the vehicle will move away from When the electric power steering warning light
the center of the road if it moves. illuminates with the engine running, the power
The electric power steering system is designed assist for the steering will cease operation. You
4. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK to provide power assist while driving to operate
position and remove the key, if inserted. will still have control of the vehicle. However,
the steering wheel with light force. greater steering effort is needed, especially in
When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly sharp turns and at low speeds.
or continuously while parking or driving at a very
low speed, the power assist for the steering
wheel will be reduced. This is to prevent
overheating of the electric power steering
system and protect it from getting damaged.
While the power assist is reduced, steering
wheel operation will become heavy. When the
temperature of the electric power steering
system goes down, the power assist level will
return to normal. Avoid repeating such steering
BRAKE SYSTEM
S35-D-110201-3275E820-EF43-446C-84CA-9CC25DE76F9B
BRAKING PRECAUTIONS
S35-D-110201-36A420DF-DDD9-4970-91D6-6FDB3410EA51 PARKING BRAKE BREAK-IN
S35-D-110201-22F565D3-8BC6-45BD-8717-77912EC9319F
The brake system has two separate hydraulic WARNING Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the
circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will still stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened
have braking at two wheels. . While driving on a slippery surface, or whenever the parking brake shoes and/or
You may feel a small click and hear a sound be careful when braking, accelerat- drums/rotors are replaced, in order to assure the
when the brake pedal is fully depressed slowly. ing or downshifting. Abrupt braking best braking performance.
This is not a malfunction and indicates that the or accelerating could cause the
This procedure is described in the vehicle
brake assist mechanism is operating properly. wheels to skid and result in an
service manual and can be performed by a
accident.
NISSAN dealer.
VacuumS35-D-110201-127E404B-D271-4E47-9AAA-019A819737A5
assisted brakes . If the engine is not running or is
The brake booster aids braking by using engine turned off while driving, the power
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
S35-D-110201-BADDA557-0F21-4253-B08D-550F96292928
vacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop the assist for the brakes will not work.
vehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However, Braking will be harder. WARNING
greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be
required to stop the vehicle and the stopping . The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
Wet brakes
distance will be longer. S35-D-110201-8FADFC38-A56F-4709-966C-E2E9C1A22C2C
is a sophisticated device, but it
When the vehicle is washed or driven through
Using the brakes cannot prevent accidents resulting
water, the brakes may get wet. As a result, your
S35-D-110201-EB326E31-0F05-490F-9A4D-C49C106D08C5
from careless or dangerous driving
Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while braking distance will be longer and the vehicle
techniques. It can help maintain
driving. This will cause overheating of the may pull to one side during braking.
vehicle control during braking on
brakes, wearing out the brake and pads faster To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speed slippery surfaces. Remember that
and reduce gas mileage. while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat-up stopping distances on slippery sur-
To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the the brakes. Do this until the brakes return to faces will be longer than on normal
brakes from overheating, reduce speed and normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds surfaces even with ABS. Stopping
downshift to a lower gear before going down a until the brakes function correctly. distances may also be longer on
slope or long grade. Overheated brakes may rough, gravel or snow covered
reduce braking performance and could result in roads, or if you are using tire chains.
loss of vehicle control. Always maintain a safe distance
from the vehicle in front of you.
Ultimately, the driver is responsible
Starting and driving 5-27
for safety. slippery surfaces. If the ABS warning light illuminates during the
self-test or while driving, have the vehicle
. Tire type and condition may also Using the system
S35-D-110201-EECE86D6-FF8F-42C2-B139-BF05AF32B3BE checked by a NISSAN dealer.
affect braking effectiveness. Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.
— When replacing tires, install the Depress the brake pedal with firm steady Normal S35-D-110201-3C7B8B73-5F7B-44E6-B702-4024AAD51CEB
operation
specified size of tires on all four pressure, but do not pump the brakes. The The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH
wheels. ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from (5 to 10 km/h). The speed varies according to
locking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles. road conditions.
— When installing a spare tire,
make sure that it is the proper When the ABS senses that one or more wheels
size and type as specified on the WARNING are close to locking up, the actuator rapidly
Tire and Loading Information applies and releases hydraulic pressure. This
label. See “Tire and loading Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so action is similar to pumping the brakes very
information label” in the “9. may result in increased stopping dis- quickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brake
Technical and consumer infor- tances. pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or
mation” section of this manual. feel a vibration from the actuator when it is
operating. This is normal and indicates that the
— For detailed information, see Self-testS35-D-110201-B89EE4B7-4EC0-42A0-AAC9-0035053E8A9B
feature ABS is operating properly. However, the pulsa-
“Wheels and tires” in the “8. tion may indicate that road conditions are
The ABS includes electronic sensors, electric
Maintenance and do-it-yourself” hazardous and extra care is required while
pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The
section of this manual. driving.
computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that
tests the system each time you start the engine
The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward
the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard or reverse. When the self-test occurs, you may
braking or when braking on slippery surfaces. hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in the
The system detects the rotation speed at each brake pedal. This is normal and does not
wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to indicate a malfunction. If the computer senses
prevent each wheel from locking and sliding. By a malfunction, it switches the ABS off and
preventing each wheel from locking, the system illuminates the ABS warning light on the
helps the driver maintain steering control and instrument panel. The brake system then oper-
helps to minimize swerving and spinning on ates normally, but without anti-lock assistance.
5-28 Starting and driving
This could adversely affect vehicle used, the VDC system may not FREEING A GUID-141B6DB3-B5C0-4E7F-8EE0-2A7622AB28C6
FROZEN DOOR LOCK
handling performance, and the VDC operate properly and the VDC warn- To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply
warning light may illuminate. ing light may illuminate. deicer through the key hole. If the lock becomes
frozen, heat the key before inserting it into the
. If brake related parts such as brake . The VDC system is not a substitute
key hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob.
pads, rotors and calipers are not for winter tires or tire chains on a
NISSAN recommended or are extre- snow covered road. ANTI-FREEZE
GUID-2773CB71-40A2-443B-9552-B7F45AAB30D8
mely deteriorated, the VDC system In the winter when it is anticipated that the
may not operate properly and the outside temperature will drop below 328F (08C),
VDC warning light may illumi- check the anti-freeze to assure proper winter
nate. protection. For additional information, see “En-
. If engine control related parts are gine cooling system” in the “8. Maintenance and
not NISSAN recommended or are do-it-yourself” section.
extremely deteriorated, the VDC BATTERY
S35-D-110201-690C952E-7BC1-479E-B70E-6C8A62F3BCC3
warning light may illuminate. If the battery is not fully charged during
. When driving on extremely inclined extremely cold weather conditions, the battery
surfaces such as higher banked fluid may freeze and damage the battery. To
corners, the VDC system may not maintain maximum efficiency, the battery should
operate properly and the VDC warn- be checked regularly. For additional information,
ing light may illuminate. Do not see “Battery” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-
drive on these types of roads. yourself” section.
. When driving on an unstable sur- DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER
GUID-8A3AE603-5D83-49FC-9E8F-A09867045DAD
face such as a turntable, ferry,
If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-
elevator or ramp, the VDC warning
freeze, drain the cooling system, including the
light may illuminate. This is not
engine block. Refill before operating the vehicle.
a malfunction. Restart the engine
For details, see “Engine cooling system” in the
after driving onto a stable surface.
“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.
. If wheels or tires other than the
NISSAN recommended ones are
TIRE EQUIPMENT
S35-D-110201-61BC6CE8-E002-4E5F-AC61-F13F41A296A1
SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT
S35-D-110201-08727745-6DB3-41EB-A116-4A77713528D6 . Allow more stopping distance under
SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide It is recommended that the following items be these conditions. Braking should be
superior performance on dry pavement. How- carried in the vehicle during winter: started sooner than on dry pave-
ever, the performance of these tires will be . A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove ment.
substantially reduced in snowy and icy condi- ice and snow from the windows and wiper . Allow greater following distances
tions. If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy blades. on slippery roads.
roads, NISSAN recommends the use of MUD &
. A sturdy, flat board to be placed under the . Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).
SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.
jack to give it firm support. These may appear on an otherwise
Consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type, size,
. A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow- clear road in shaded areas. If a
speed rating and availability information.
drifts. patch of ice is seen ahead, brake
For additional traction on icy roads, studded before reaching it. Try not to brake
. Extra window washer fluid to refill the
tires may be used. However, some U.S. states while on the ice, and avoid any
reservoir tank.
and Canadian provinces prohibit their use. sudden steering maneuvers.
Check local, state and provincial laws before DRIVING ONGUID-95DB7CAC-A319-4B34-942B-E334028E4579
SNOW OR ICE
. Do not use cruise control on slip-
installing studded tires.
pery roads.
Skid and traction capabilities of studded WARNING
. Snow can trap dangerous exhaust
snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be
. Wet ice (328F, 08C and freezing rain), gases under your vehicle. Keep
poorer than that of non-studded snow
very cold snow or ice can be slick snow clear of the exhaust pipe and
tires.
and very hard to drive on. The from around your vehicle.
Tire chains may be used. For details, see “Tire
chains” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it- vehicle will have much less traction
yourself” section of this manual. or “grip” under these conditions. Try
to avoid driving on wet ice until the
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) model
GUID-EE61DD03-84FE-4464-93B4-F693BED61CE7
road is salted or sanded.
If you install snow tires, they must also be the . Whatever the condition, drive with
same size, brand, construction and tread pattern caution. Accelerate and slow down
on all four wheels. with care. If accelerating or down-
shifting too fast, the drive wheels
will lose even more traction.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the engine . Disconnect and properly store the
block heater cord. engine block heater cord before
starting the engine. Damage to the
3. Plug the engine block heater cord into a cord could result in an electrical
grounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extension cord. shock and can cause serious injury.
4. Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault . Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-pronged
Interrupt (GFI) protected, grounded 110- extension cord rated for at least
volt AC (VAC) outlet. 10A. Plug the extension cord into a
5. The engine block heater must be plugged in Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) pro-
for at least 2 - 4 hours, depending on tected, grounded 110-VAC outlet.
outside temperatures, to properly warm the Failure to use the proper extension
engine coolant. Use an appropriate timer to cord or a grounded outlet can result
turn the engine block heater on. in a fire or electrical shock and
6. Before starting the engine, unplug and cause serious personal injury.
properly store the cord to keep it away from
moving parts.
6 In case of emergency
FLAT TIRE
S35-D-110201-EF2663AC-5667-4F76-8F00-52984A4E59BC
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS- may permanently damage the tires as this may cause a malfunction of
TEM (TPMS)GUID-0C5C2AE1-3515-4587-A5FA-5B3AD2913F9D and increase the likelihood of tire the tire pressure sensors.
This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure failure. Serious vehicle damage
Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire could occur and may lead to an CHANGING GUID-7F502885-999B-4F16-9B7A-9469FE323A90
A FLAT TIRE
pressure of all tires except the spare. When accident and could result in serious If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions
the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the personal injury. Check the tire pres- below.
CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning (if so sure for all four tires. Adjust the tire
equipped) appears on the vehicle information pressure to the recommended COLD Stopping the vehicle
S35-D-110201-DA918CAE-0F67-4558-BF28-3DEF851F78D5
display, one or more of your tires is significantly tire pressure shown on the Tire and 1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and
under-inflated. If the vehicle is being driven with Loading Information label to turn away from traffic.
low tire pressure, the TPMS will activate and the low tire pressure warning light
2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning OFF. If you have a flat tire, replace it
with a spare tire as soon as possi- 3. Park on a level surface and apply the parking
light. This system will activate only when the
ble. brake. Move the selector lever to the P
vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25
(Park) position.
km/h). For more details, see “Warning/indicator . When a spare tire is mounted or a
lights and audible reminders” in the “2. Instru- wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not 4. Turn off the engine.
ments and controls” section and “Tire Pressure function and the low tire pressure 5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and to
Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting warning light will flash for approxi- signal professional road assistance person-
and driving” section. mately 1 minute. The light will nel that you need assistance.
remain on after 1 minute. Contact 6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle
your NISSAN dealer as soon as and stand in a safe place, away from traffic
WARNING possible for tire replacement and/ and clear of the vehicle.
or system resetting.
. If the low tire pressure warning light
illuminates while driving, avoid sud- . Replacing tires with those not ori-
den steering maneuvers or abrupt ginally specified by NISSAN could WARNING
braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull affect the proper operation of the
TPMS. . Make sure the parking brake is
off the road to a safe location and securely applied and the transmis-
stop the vehicle as soon as possi- . Do not inject any tire liquid or sion is shifted into the P (Park)
ble. Driving with under-inflated tires aerosol tire sealant into the tires, position.
6-2 In case of emergency
MCE0001A SCE0958
Blocking wheels
S35-D-110201-ED4AAED5-0B0B-4094-B7EA-EC3CABAC1551
Getting S35-D-110201-00B2E6C6-F5E9-434D-8DD3-1F7939362975
the spare tire and tools
Place suitable blocks * 1 at both the front and 1. Open the lift gate.
back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat 2. Remove the cargo cover (if so equipped).
tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is (See “Cargo cover” in the “2. Instruments
jacked up. and controls” section.)
3. Lift up the luggage floor board *
1 (foldable
WARNING or separate type).
SCE0858 SCE0699
Jacking tools
4. Remove the lids of the luggage side boxes.
6. Remove the jacking tools and the spare tire.
Jacking tools: Remove the jack by turning it,
then remove the other tools.
SCE0859
WARNING
. Never get under the vehicle while it
is supported only by the jack. If it is
necessary to work under the vehicle,
support it with safety stands.
. Use only the jack provided with your
vehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use
the jack provided with your vehicle
JVE0026X SCE0630 on other vehicles. The jack is de-
Spare tire signed for lifting only your vehicle
Type A: Removing wheel cover (if so equipped)
S35-D-110201-4604A27A-FD46-4A3C-8D40-A151EC14119E
during a tire change.
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Rotate the clamp until it can be removed then . Use the correct jack-up points.
remove the spare tire. WARNING Never use any other part of the
vehicle for jack support.
Type B: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Never use your hands to remove the . Never jack up the vehicle more than
Rotate the clamp until it can be removed then
wheel cover. This may cause personal necessary.
relocate the subwoofer to a side of the cargo
injury. . Never use blocks on or under the
area and remove the spare tire.
jack.
To remove the wheel cover, use the jack rod *
1
. Do not start or run the engine while
as illustrated. vehicle is on the jack, as it may
Apply cloth *2 between the wheel and jack rod cause the vehicle to move.
to prevent damaging the wheel and wheel cover. . Do not allow passengers to stay in
the vehicle while it is on the jack.
SCE0572
Jack-up point
1. Place the jack directly under the jack-up
point as illustrated so the top of the jack
contacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.
Align the jack head between the two
notches in the front or the rear as shown.
Also fit the groove of the jack head between
the notches as shown.
The jack should be used on level firm
ground.
SCE0039
SCE0751
than 2 times, until they are tight. recommended that wheel nuts be tigh- become dangerous projectiles in an
4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire tened to specifications at each lubrica- accident or sudden stop.
touches the ground. Then, with the wheel tion interval.
. Adjust tire pressure to the COLD
. The T-type spare tire and small size
nut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securely spare tire are designed for emer-
in the sequence as illustrated. Lower the pressure.
gency use. See specific instructions
vehicle completely. COLD pressure: under the heading “Wheels and
After the vehicle has been parked for tires” in the “8. Maintenance and
WARNING three hours or more or driven less than do-it-yourself” section.
1 mile (1.6 km).
. Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly COLD tire pressures are shown on the
tightened wheel nuts can cause the Tire and Loading Information label
wheel to become loose or come off. affixed to the driver side center pillar.
This could cause an accident.
StowingS35-D-110201-46E8664C-3342-4146-A970-F78203D4273A
the damaged tire and the tools
. Do not use oil or grease on the
wheel studs or nuts. This could 1. Securely store the damaged tire, jack and
tools in the storage area.
cause the nuts to become loose.
2. Replace the luggage floor box.
. Retighten the wheel nuts when the
vehicle has been driven for 600 3. Replace the lids on the luggage side boxes.
miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of a 4. Close the luggage floor board.
flat tire, etc.). 5. Replace the cargo cover (if so equipped).
6. Close the lift gate.
. As soon as possible, tighten the
wheel nuts to the specified torque
with a torque wrench. WARNING
Wheel nut tightening torque:
80 ft-lb (108 N·m) . Always make sure that the spare tire
and jacking equipment are properly
The wheel nuts must be kept tightened
secured after use. Such items can
to specification at all times. It is
6-8 In case of emergency
JUMP STARTING
S35-D-110201-48EEB8C9-1FF6-4C57-8DA2-F37CAF5AD9D0
To start your engine with a booster battery, the
. Whenever working on or near a
instructions and precautions below must be
battery, always wear suitable eye
followed.
protectors (for example, goggles or
industrial safety spectacles) and
WARNING remove rings, metal bands, or any
other jewelry. Do not lean over the
. If done incorrectly, jump starting battery when jump starting.
can lead to a battery explosion, . Do not attempt to jump start a
resulting in severe injury or death. frozen battery. It could explode
It could also damage your vehicle. and cause serious injury.
. Explosive hydrogen gas is always . Your vehicle has an automatic en-
present in the vicinity of the battery. gine cooling fan. It could come on at
Keep all sparks and flames away any time. Keep hands and other SCE0707
from the battery. objects away from it.
. Do not allow battery fluid to come
into contact with eyes, skin, clothing WARNING
or painted surfaces. Battery fluid is
a corrosive sulfuric acid solution Always follow the instructions below.
which can cause severe burns. If Failure to do so could result in damage
the fluid should come into contact to the charging system and cause
with anything, immediately flush the personal injury.
contacted area with water.
. Keep the battery out of the reach of 1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle
children. * B , position the two vehicles (* A and * B )
to bring their batteries into close proximity to
. The booster battery must be rated at
each other.
12 volts. Use of an improperly rated
battery can damage your vehicle. Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.
PUSH STARTING
S35-D-110201-00D470C0-9627-4316-B628-96D5F00345E5
2. Apply the parking brake. Move the selector Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing.
metal.
lever to the P (Park) position. Switch off all
unnecessary electrical systems (lights, hea-
ter, air conditioner, etc.).
5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle *
B CAUTION
and let it run for a few minutes.
3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if so Continuously Variable Transmission
6. Keep the engine speed of the booster
equipped). Cover the battery with a firmly (CVT) models cannot be push-started
vehicle *B at about 2,000 rpm, and start
wrung out moist cloth to reduce explosion or tow-started. Attempting to do so may
the engine of the vehicle *
A being jump
hazard. cause transmission damage.
started.
4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence as
illustrated (*
1 ? *
2 ? * 3 ? * 4 ).
3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen for cooling fan can start at any time.
CAUTION steam or coolant escaping from the radiator
before opening the hood. (If steam or
6. After the engine cools down, check the
. Do not continue to drive if your coolant is escaping, turn off the engine.)
coolant level in the reservoir tank with the
vehicle overheats. Doing so could Do not open the hood further until no steam
engine running. Add coolant to the reservoir
cause engine damage or a vehicle or coolant can be seen.
tank if necessary. Have your vehicle repaired
fire. 4. Open the engine hood. at a NISSAN dealer.
. To avoid the danger of being
scalded, never remove the radiator WARNING
cap while the engine is still hot.
When the radiator cap is removed, If steam or water is coming from the
pressurized hot water will spurt out, engine, stand clear to prevent getting
possibly causing serious injury. burned.
. Do not open the hood if steam is
coming out. 5. Visually check drive belts for damage or
looseness. Also check if the cooling fan is
If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by an running. The radiator hoses and radiator
extremely high temperature gauge reading), or if should not leak water. If coolant is leaking,
you feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormal the water pump belt is missing or loose, or
noise, etc., take the following steps: the cooling fan does not run, stop the
1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, apply engine.
the parking brake and move the selector
lever to the P (Park) position.
WARNING
Do not stop the engine.
2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all the Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,
windows, move the heater or air conditioner jewelry or clothing to come into contact
temperature control to maximum hot and fan with, or get caught in, engine belts or
control to high speed. the engine cooling fan. The engine
WARNING
. Never ride in a vehicle that is being
towed.
. Never get under your vehicle after it
has been lifted by a tow truck.
CAUTION
. When towing, make sure that the
transmission, axles, steering system
and powertrain are in working con-
dition. If any unit is damaged, dol-
lies must be used.
SCE0439
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models
TOWING RECOMMENDED BY
NISSANS35-D-110201-F96AC8F4-98D2-4F10-B053-82D6761A1F0F
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models
S35-D-110201-CED1A0D8-ADC3-4F6F-8821-518167544489
NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be
used when towing your vehicle or place the
vehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated.
CAUTION
Never tow AWD models with any of the
wheels on the ground as this may cause
serious and expensive damage to the
powertrain.
WARNING
. Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.
. Do not spin your tires at high speed.
SCE0438
This could cause them to explode
Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models
and result in serious injury. Parts of
Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models your vehicle could also overheat
S35-D-110201-E21C6C94-BCE3-4ED2-8CE3-1E4014D701BF the transmission. If it is necessary to
NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be tow the vehicle with the rear wheels and be damaged.
towed with the driving (front) wheels off the raised, always use towing dollies
ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as under the front wheels.
illustrated.
. When towing CVT models with the
front wheels on towing dollies:
CAUTION — Turn the ignition switch to the
OFF position, and secure the
. Never tow Continuously Variable steering wheel in a straight-
Transmission (CVT) models with ahead position with a rope or
the front wheels on the ground or similar device.
four wheels on the ground (forward
— Move the selector lever to the N
or backward), as this may cause
(Neutral) position.
serious and expensive damage to
6-14 In case of emergency
hooks.
. Always pull the cable straight out
from the front of the vehicle. Never
pull on the vehicle at an angle.
. Pulling devices should be routed so
they do not touch any part of the
suspension, steering, brake or cool-
ing systems.
. Pulling devices such as ropes or
canvas straps are not recommended
for use in vehicle towing or recov-
ery.
SCE0701 SCE0678
Front Rear
Rocking a stuck vehicle
Pulling a stuck vehicle Rear: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
GUID-B828A8FE-C292-4C20-9C57-2AEA4FCB8CE2
GUID-241C46D0-D4CF-4356-A55F-CB3B28F345C7 If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,
Do not use the tie down hooks for towing or Do not use the tie down hook to pull the vehicle. use the following procedure:
vehicle recovery.
1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
Front: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 CAUTION system.
Securely install the recovery hook * 1 (stored in 2. Make sure the area in front and behind the
the luggage room) as illustrated. . Tow chains or cables must be at- vehicle is clear of obstructions.
Make sure that the hook is properly secured in tached only to the main structural
3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear
the original place after use. members of the vehicle or the
an area around the front tires.
recovery hook. Otherwise, the vehi-
cle body will be damaged. 4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back-
ward.
. Do not use the vehicle tie down
. Shift back and forth between R (Reverse)
hooks to free a vehicle stuck in
sand, snow, mud, etc. Never tow a and D (Drive).
vehicle using the vehicle tie down
In case of emergency 6-15
MEMO
MEMO
CLEANING EXTERIOR
S35-D-110201-97E652FB-6FC1-4CAF-A36B-BA819E8B9785
In order to maintain the appearance of your water.
vehicle, it is important to take proper care of it. CAUTION Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,
To protect the paint surfaces, wash your vehicle hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to
as soon as you can: . Do not use car washes that use acid the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areas
in the detergent. Some car washes, must be regularly cleaned. Take care that the
. after a rainfall to prevent possible damage
especially brushless ones, use some drain holes in the lower edge of the door are
from acid rain
acid for cleaning. The acid may react open. Spray water under the body and in the
. after driving on coastal roads with some plastic vehicle compo- wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away
. when contaminants such as soot, bird nents, causing them to crack. This road salt.
droppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs could affect their appearance, and Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface
get on the paint surface also could cause them not to func- by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.
. when dust or mud builds up on the surface tion properly. Always check with
Whenever possible, store or park your vehicle your car wash to confirm that acid WAXING
S35-D-110201-7B44DE95-705F-4A49-ACA1-F7408FA91BFA
inside a garage or in a covered area. is not used. Regular waxing protects the paint surface and
. Do not wash the vehicle with strong helps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishing
When it is necessary to park outside, park in a
shady area or protect the vehicle with a body household soap, strong chemical is recommended to remove built-up wax residue
detergents, gasoline or solvents. and to avoid a weathered appearance before
cover.
reapplying wax.
Be careful not to scratch the paint surface . Do not wash the vehicle in direct
sunlight or while the vehicle body is A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the
when putting on or removing the body
hot, as the surface may become proper product.
cover.
water-spotted. . Wax your vehicle only after a thorough
WASHING
S35-D-110201-F8B4AFF1-6753-4718-95B3-A25D459BF1B1
. Avoid using tight-napped or rough washing. Follow the instructions supplied
Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and with the wax.
plenty of water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly cloths, such as washing mitts. Care
must be taken when removing . Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,
using a mild soap, a special vehicle soap or
caked-on dirt or other foreign sub- cutting compounds or cleaners that may
general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with
stances so the paint surface is not damage the vehicle finish.
clean, lukewarm (never hot) water.
scratched or damaged. Machine compound or aggressive polishing on a
base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull the
Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean finish or leave swirl marks.
REMOVING SPOTS
S35-D-110201-AF18F2E1-E555-466D-9323-0EAEAC5C0420 mage the electrical conductors, radio Aluminum alloy wheels
S35-D-110201-EB480337-BFBD-4E83-93DC-ACC1E16621EF
Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, antenna elements or rear window Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a
insects, and tree sap as quickly as possible defroster elements. mild soap solution, especially during winter
from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage months in areas where road salt is used. Salt
or staining. Special cleaning products are WHEELS could discolor the wheels if not removed.
S35-D-110201-00E2038C-B5F0-4782-A428-93796F0E20A8
available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive
Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to
accessory stores.
maintain their appearance. CAUTION
UNDERBODY
S35-D-110201-F3F949ED-94FF-4B80-A59C-E2371D129B96 . Clean the inner side of the wheels when the
In areas where road salt is used in winter, the wheel is changed or the underside of the Follow the directions below to avoid
underbody must be cleaned regularly. This will vehicle is washed. staining or discoloring the wheels:
prevent dirt and salt from building up and . Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or . Do not use a cleaner that uses
causing the acceleration of corrosion on the corrosion. Such damage may cause loss of strong acid or alkali contents to
underbody and suspension. Before the winter pressure or poor seal at the tire bead. clean the wheels.
period and again in the spring, the underseal
. NISSAN recommends that the road wheels . Do not apply wheel cleaners to the
must be checked and, if necessary, re-treated.
be waxed to protect against road salt in wheels when they are hot. The
GLASSS35-D-110201-E54A40AE-67AC-4FD4-B3EA-7A763A8EA337 areas where it is used during winter. wheel temperature should be the
Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust same as ambient temperature.
film from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass
to become coated with a film after the vehicle is CAUTION . Rinse the wheel to completely re-
move the cleaner within 15 minutes
parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft
Do not use abrasive cleaners when after the cleaner is applied.
cloth will easily remove this film.
washing the wheels.
CHROME PARTS
S35-D-110201-7E5A50BC-120C-4BD7-B2A8-3446E4E5284F
CAUTION Clean chrome parts regularly with a non-
abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.
When cleaning the inside of the win-
dows, do not use sharp-edged tools,
abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based
disinfectant cleaners. They could da-
Appearance and care 7-3
CLEANING INTERIOR
S35-D-110201-587845C9-6398-4952-B930-68C63A2662F7
. Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip on easier to clean the interior. Mats should be
the vents. These products can cause maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if
immediate damage and discoloration when they become excessively worn.
spilled on interior surfaces.
Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’s
instructions before using air fresheners.
FLOORS35-D-110201-B2E74394-B3E1-4495-9910-3041A54BCA20
MATS
WARNING
To avoid potential pedal interference
that may result in a collision or injury:
SAI0038
. NEVER place a floor mat on top of
another floor mat in the driver front
Floor mat positioning aid (driver’s side
position.
only) S35-D-110201-6BE4BC91-9348-4906-A18E-C294E0C5E93A
. Use only genuine NISSAN floor
This vehicle includes front floor mat brackets to
mats specifically designed for use
act as floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN floor
in your vehicle model. See your
mats have been specially designed for your
NISSAN dealer for more informa-
vehicle model. The driver’s side floor mat has
tion.
grommet holes in it. To install, position the mat
. Properly position the mats in the by placing the floor mat bracket hook through
floorwell using the floor mat posi- the floor mat grommet hole while centering the
tioning aid. See “Floor mat posi- mat in the floorwell.
tioning aid (driver’s side only)” later
Periodically check to make certain that the mats
in this section.
are properly positioned.
The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can
extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it
Appearance and care 7-5
CORROSION PROTECTION
S35-D-110201-F44B796D-CF5C-45AD-A73C-62C26924B2AF
MEMO
Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis. For additional information regarding tires, refer Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, tail to “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or P (Park) position mechanism: On a fairly
lights, turn signal lights, and other lights are all “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the War- steep hill, check that the vehicle is held securely
operating properly and installed securely. Also ranty Information Booklet. with the selector lever in the P (Park) position
check headlight aim. Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regular without applying any brakes.
Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checking basis. Check the windshield at least every six Parking brake: Check the parking brake
the tires, make sure no wheel nuts are missing, months for cracks or other damage. Have a operation regularly. The vehicle should be
and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten if damaged windshield repaired by a qualified securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the
necessary. repair facility. parking brake applied. If the parking brake needs
Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracks adjusted, see a NISSAN dealer.
7,500 miles (12,000 km). or wear if they do not wipe properly. Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat belt
Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge often system (for example, buckles, anchors, adjusters
Inside the vehicle
S35-D-110201-CC243554-AEAC-47F1-92F5-9C00AD8195A2 and retractors) operate properly and smoothly,
and always prior to long distance trips. If
The maintenance items listed here should be and are installed securely. Check the belt
necessary, adjust the pressure in all tires,
checked on a regular basis, such as when webbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.
including the spare, to the pressure specified.
performing scheduled maintenance, cleaning
Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessive Seats: Check seat position controls such as
the vehicle, etc.
wear. seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensure
Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for they operate smoothly and that all latches lock
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
smooth operation and make sure the pedal securely in every position. Check that the head
transmitter components: Replace the TPMS
does not catch or require uneven effort. Keep restraints move up and down smoothly and that
transmitter grommet seal, valve core and cap
the floor mat away from the pedal. the locks (if so equipped) hold securely in all
when the tires are replaced due to wear or age.
Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth latched positions.
Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicle
operation. If the brake pedal suddenly goes Steering wheel: Check for changes in the
should pull to either side while driving on a
down further than normal, the pedal feels steering conditions, such as excessive free play,
straight and level road, or if you detect uneven or
spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to hard steering or strange noises.
abnormal tire wear, there may be a need for
stop, see a NISSAN dealer immediately. Keep
wheel alignment. Warning lights and chimes: Make sure that
the floor mat away from the pedal.
If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal all warning lights and chimes are operating
Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull the properly.
highway speeds, wheel balancing may be
vehicle to one side when applied.
needed. Windshield defroster: Check that the air
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3
comes out of the defroster outlets properly and supports, cracks or holes. If the sound of the exterior” in the “7. Appearance and care”
in sufficient quantity when operating the heater exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of section.
or air conditioner. exhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaust Windshield washer fluid*: Check that there is
Windshield wiper and washer*: Check that system inspected by a NISSAN dealer. (See adequate fluid in the reservoir.
the wipers and washer operate properly and that “Precautions when starting and driving” in the
the wipers do not streak. “5. Starting and driving” section for exhaust gas
(carbon monoxide).)
Under the hood and vehicle
S35-D-110201-72861ABE-E4F3-407B-92C6-F64761D7062A Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel,
The maintenance items listed here should be oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has
checked periodically (for example, each time you been parked for a while. Water dripping from the
check the engine oil or refuel). air conditioner after use is normal. If you should
Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell. notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident,
It should be between the MAX and MIN lines. check for the cause and have it corrected
Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under immediately.
severe condition require frequent checks of the Radiator and hoses: Check the front of the
battery fluid level. radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,
Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brake etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure the
fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on hoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or loose
the reservoir. connections.
Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant level Underbody: The underbody is frequently ex-
when the engine is cold. posed to corrosive substances such as those
used on icy roads or to control dust. It is very
Engine drive belts*: Make sure that the drive important to remove these substances, other-
belts are not frayed, worn, cracked or oily. wise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuel
Engine oil level*: Check the level after parking lines and around the exhaust system. At the end
the vehicle on a level surface and turning off the of winter, the underbody should be thoroughly
engine. Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to flushed with plain water, being careful to clean
drain back into the oil pan. those areas where mud and dirt may accumu-
Exhaust system: Make sure there are no loose late. For additional information, see “Cleaning
MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS
S35-D-110201-B74F7695-55EC-4CC1-AF27-7617EC3FC97C
When performing any inspection or mainte-
. If you must run the engine in an ways conform to local regulations
nance work on your vehicle, always take care
enclosed space such as a garage, be for disposal of vehicle fluid.
to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or
sure there is proper ventilation for . Never leave the engine or the CVT
damage to the vehicle. The following are general
exhaust gases to escape. related component harnesses dis-
precautions which should be closely observed.
. Never get under the vehicle while it connected while the ignition switch
is supported only by a jack. If it is is in the ON position.
WARNING necessary to work under the vehicle, . Never connect or disconnect the
support it with safety stands. battery or any transistorized com-
. Park the vehicle on a level surface, . Keep smoking materials, flame and ponent while the ignition switch is
apply the parking brake securely sparks away from fuel tank and the in the ON position.
and block the wheels to prevent battery.
the vehicle from moving. Move the . Your vehicle is equipped with an
selector lever to P (Park). . The fuel filter or fuel lines should be automatic engine cooling fan. It may
serviced by a NISSAN dealer be- come on at any time without warn-
. Be sure the ignition switch is in the cause the fuel lines are under high ing, even if the ignition key is in the
OFF or LOCK position when per- pressure even when the engine is OFF position and the engine is not
forming any parts replacement or off. running. To avoid injury, always
repairs. disconnect the negative battery
. If you must work with the engine cable before working near the fan.
running, keep your hands, clothing,
hair and tools away from moving CAUTION This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section
fans, belts and any other moving gives instructions regarding only those items
. Do not work under the hood while
parts. which are relatively easy for an owner to perform.
the engine is hot. Turn the engine
. It is advisable to secure or remove off and wait until it cools down. A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also
any loose clothing and remove any available. (See “Owner’s Manual/Service Man-
. Avoid direct contact with used en-
jewelry, such as rings, watches, etc. ual order information” in the “9. Technical and
gine oil and coolant. Improperly
before working on your vehicle. consumer information” section.)
disposed engine oil, and engine
. Always wear eye protection when- coolant and/or other vehicle fluids You should be aware that incomplete or
ever you work on your vehicle. can damage the environment. Al- improper servicing may result in operating
SDI2127
QR25DE ENGINE
S35-D-110201-CE045E86-1FAB-4B03-A2FF-59AEDA4CE682
1. Engine oil filler cap 7. Engine oil dipstick
2. Brake fluid reservoir 8. Radiator filler cap
3. Air cleaner 9. Battery
4. Engine coolant reservoir 10. Fuse/fusible link holder
5. Window washer fluid reservoir
6. Drive belt location
ENGINE OIL
S35-D-110201-513ADAA0-E81C-4358-9E9B-247C261AFF68
opening. Do not overfill *
3 . 4. Raise and support the vehicle using a
6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick. suitable floor jack and safety jack stands.
. Place the safety jack stands under the
It is normal to add some oil between oil
vehicle jack-up points.
maintenance intervals or during the break-
. A suitable adapter should be attached to
in period, depending on the severity of
operating conditions. the jack stand saddle.
CAUTION CAUTION
Oil level should be checked regularly. Make sure the correct lifting and sup-
Operating the engine with an insuffi- port points are used to avoid vehicle
cient amount of oil can damage the damage.
SDI2129 engine, and such damage is not cov-
ered by warranty.
CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL
S35-D-110201-E85752C2-C790-4D7B-A1A7-889A7C325F8D
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER
S35-D-110201-EB3C8F8D-B9A5-464F-9C14-F73939411A2E
the parking brake.
Change the engine oil and filter according to the
2. Run the engine until it reaches operating maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service
temperature. and Maintenance Guide.
3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 10
minutes for the oil to drain back into VehicleS35-D-110201-953D6A28-DEB2-4D1C-858B-690A9ECD35C6
set-up
the oil pan. 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply
4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean. the parking brake.
Reinsert it all the way. 2. Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches
5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oil operating temperature.
level. It should be within the range * 1 . If the 3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10
oil level is below *2 , remove the oil filler cap minutes.
and pour recommended oil through the
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-9
CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE
BRAKE FLUID
TRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID
S35-D-110201-7025907A-6A12-49EB-839B-E4EDBE85FD64 S35-D-110201-7E9EAFC0-0C1F-4352-8FF8-CF6DE7EAF643
After theS35-D-110201-60B8C37E-A45B-4E36-943D-A11F3FFE110B
operation For additional brake fluid information, see
“Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants”
1. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground. CAUTION in the “9. Technical and consumer information”
2. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly. section of this manual.
. Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid
NS-2. Do not mix with other fluids.
WARNING . Using transmission fluid other than WARNING
Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2
. Prolonged and repeated contact will damage the CVT, which is not . Use only new fluid from a sealed
with used engine oil may cause skin covered by the NISSAN new vehicle container. Old, inferior or contami-
cancer. limited warranty. nated fluid may damage the brake
. Try to avoid direct skin contact with system. The use of improper fluids
used oil. If skin contact is made, When checking or replacement is required, we can damage the brake system and
wash thoroughly with soap or hand recommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing. affect the vehicle’s stopping ability.
cleaner as soon as possible. . Clean the filler cap before removing.
. Keep used engine oil out of reach of . Brake fluid is poisonous and should
children. be stored carefully in marked con-
tainers out of the reach of children.
CAUTION
Do not spill the fluid on any painted
surfaces. This will damage the paint. If
fluid is spilled, immediately wash the
surface with water.
BATTERY
S35-D-110201-9895A1BD-E620-4124-903A-FD652172A3E7
. Keep the battery surface clean and dry.
concentrates may permanently stain . When working on or near a battery,
Clean the battery with a solution of baking
the grille if spilled while filling the always wear suitable eye protection
soda and water.
window washer reservoir tank. and remove all jewelry.
. Make certain the terminal connections are
. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates clean and securely tightened. . Battery posts, terminals and related
with water to the manufacturer’s accessories contain lead and lead
. If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or
recommended levels before pouring compounds. Wash hands after
longer, disconnect the negative (−) battery
the fluid into the window washer handling.
terminal cable to prevent discharging it.
reservoir tank. Do not use the . Keep the battery out of the reach of
window washer reservoir tank to children.
mix the washer fluid concentrate WARNING
and water.
. Do not expose the battery to flames
or electrical sparks. Hydrogen gas
generated by the battery is explo-
sive. Do not allow battery fluid to
contact your skin, eyes, fabrics, or
painted surfaces. After touching a
battery or battery cap, do not touch
or rub your eyes. Thoroughly wash
your hands. If the acid contacts your
eyes, skin or clothing, immediately
flush with water for at least 15
minutes and seek medical attention.
. Do not operate the vehicle if the
fluid in the battery is low. Low
battery fluid can cause a higher load
on the battery which can generate
heat, reduce battery life, and in
some cases lead to an explosion.
JUMP STARTING
S35-D-110201-FDDC2196-BE20-4DFF-95B0-75BBB4535EF5
If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump starting”
in the “6. In case of emergency” section. If the
engine does not start by jump starting, the
battery may have to be replaced. Contact a
NISSAN dealer.
DI0137MA SDI1480C
Check the fluid level in each cell. (Remove the 1. Remove the cell plugs *
A .
battery cover if it is necessary.) It should be 2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL
between the UPPER LEVEL * 1 and LOWER
*1 line.
LEVEL * 2 lines.
If the side of the battery is not clear, check
If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilled the distilled water level by looking directly
water to bring the level to the indicator in each above the cell; the condition * 1 indicates
filler opening. Do not overfill. OK and the conditions * 2 needs more to
be added.
3. Tighten cell plugs *
A .
CAUTION
Be sure to use the correct socket to
remove the spark plugs. An incorrect
SDI2090 socket can damage the spark plugs.
1. Alternator
2. Water pump
3. Drive belt auto-tensioner
4. Crankshaft pulley
5. Air conditioner compressor
WARNING
Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF
or LOCK position before servicing drive
belts. The engine could rotate unex-
pectedly.
AIR CLEANER
S35-D-110201-FC8F2C69-51BD-4F6C-93D0-AFC7BAF9651D
SDI2020 SDI2106
REPLACINGGUID-416121F9-5467-47CE-A990-CE8202B7CEDD
SPARK PLUGS Push the tabs *
1 and pull out the filter element
for servicing. The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and
reused. Replace it according to the maintenance
Iridium-tipped spark plugs
S35-D-110201-A5BBA1E7-8DC0-4A27-A0A1-0258FE0396B7 log shown in the “NISSAN Service and Main-
It is not necessary to replace the iridium-tipped tenance Guide”. When replacing the filter, wipe
spark plugs as frequently as the conventional the inside of the air cleaner housing and the
type spark plugs since they will last much longer. cover with a damp cloth.
Follow the maintenance log shown in the
“NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide”. Do
not reuse spark plugs by cleaning or regapping. WARNING
Always replace spark plugs with recom-
. Operating the engine with the air
mended or equivalent ones.
cleaner removed can cause you or
others to be burned. The air cleaner
not only cleans the air, it stops
8-16 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
WARNING
See a NISSAN dealer for a brake
system check if the brake pedal height
does not return to normal.
BRAKE S35-D-110201-8E781783-BE59-4675-AE08-8F80EAB3AD6D
PAD WEAR INDICATORS
The disc brake pads have audible wear warn-
ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it
will make a high pitched scraping sound when
the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will
SDI1865
first occur only when the brake pedal is
depressed. After more wear of the brake pad,
Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle * A . the sound will always be heard even if the brake
This may cause improper windshield washer pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes
operation. If the nozzle is clogged, remove any checked as soon as possible if the wear warning
objects with a needle or small pin * B . Be sound is heard.
careful not to damage the nozzle. Under some driving or climate conditions,
occasional brake squeak, squeal or other noise
may be heard. Occasional brake noise during
8-18 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
FUSES
S35-D-110201-72D2AD23-7C13-452F-9C08-5ED0D5BC2474
light to moderate stops is normal and does not 2. Open the engine hood.
affect the function or performance of the brake 3. Remove the air cleaner duct. (See “Engine
system. compartment check locations” earlier in this
Proper brake inspection intervals should section.)
be followed. For additional information, see the 4. Remove the fuse/fusible link holder cover
maintenance log section of your “NISSAN using a suitable tool *
1 and pushing the tab
Service and Maintenance Guide”. *2 .
SDI2107
ENGINES35-D-110201-EF7088A6-CC7C-4081-9EF3-60446453E90D
COMPARTMENT
CAUTION
Never use a fuse of a higher or lower
amperage rating than that specified on
the fuse box cover. This could damage
the electrical system or cause a fire.
SDI1753 SDI2133
SDI1753 JVM0089X
BATTERY REPLACEMENT
S35-D-110201-0DEB0410-1191-4FAE-9DC8-B9019D7525D8
the casing.
CAUTION 3. Replace the battery with a new one.
Recommended battery:
Be careful not to allow children to
CR1620 or equivalent
swallow the battery and removed parts.
. Do not touch the internal circuit and
electric terminals as doing so could
cause a malfunction.
. Hold the battery by the edges. Holding
the battery across the contact points will
seriously deplete the storage capacity.
. Make sure that the + side faces the
bottom case.
4. Close the lid securely and install the screw.
5. Operate the buttons to check its operation.
See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistance
for replacement.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
SDI2134
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
KEYFOB following two conditions: (1) This device
GUID-A56F8FC6-0D6C-4580-A2AB-B2756D83072F
Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows: may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interfer-
1. Remove the screw. ence received, including interference that
2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the may cause undesired operation.
corner and twist it to separate the upper part Note: Changes or modifications not ex-
from the lower part. Use a cloth to protect pressly approved by the party responsible
8-22 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
for compliance could void the user’s 2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the
authority to operate the equipment. corner and twist it to separate the upper part
For Canada: from the lower part. Use a cloth to protect
the casing.
This device complies with RSS-210 of
Industry Canada. Operation is subject to 3. Replace the battery with a new one.
the following two conditions: (1) this Recommended battery:
device may not cause interference, and CR2025 or equivalent
(2) this device must accept any interfer- . Do not touch the internal circuit and
ence, including interference that may electric terminals as doing so could
cause undesired operation of the device. cause a malfunction.
. Hold the battery by the edges. Holding
the battery across the contact points will
seriously deplete the storage capacity.
. Make sure that the + side faces the
bottom case.
SDI2451
LIGHTS
S35-D-110201-DD4272B1-CED8-4C46-8F26-0A48F1D0C89C
1. Headlight (high-beam)
2. Front turn signal/park/side marker light
3. Front map light
4. Ceiling light
5. Front fog light
6. Headlight (low-beam)
7. High-mounted stop light
8. Cargo light
9. License plate light
10. Back-up light
11. Rear combination light (stop/tail/side marker light)
12. Rear turn signal light
HEADLIGHTS
S35-D-110201-FA3BA1AA-EEA0-42B6-9AC0-27B2DC9FEC37
Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the
exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. A
temperature difference between the inside and
the outside of the lens causes the fog. This is
not a malfunction. If large drops of water collect
inside the lens, contact a NISSAN dealer.
SDI2668
Replacing
S35-D-110201-88130121-CB19-405B-AC32-F8B7A74D8318
Halogen headlight model:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
High beam:
The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type which Wattage: 60
Xenon headlight model:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
uses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb. Bulb no.: HB3
WARNING
CAUTION
HIGH VOLTAGE
. Do not leave the bulb out of the
When xenon headlights are on, they
headlight reflector for a long period
produce a high voltage. To prevent an
of time. Dust, moisture, smoke, etc.
electric shock, never attempt to modify
entering the headlight body may
or disassemble. Always have your xe-
affect bulb performance.
non headlights replaced at a NISSAN
dealer. For additional information, see . High pressure halogen gas is sealed
“Headlight and turn signal switch” in inside the halogen bulb. The bulb
the “2. Instruments and controls” sec- may break if the glass envelope is
tion. scratched or the bulb is dropped.
. Only touch the plastic base when
If replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealer. handling the bulb. Never touch the
glass envelope.
Use the same number and wattage as originally
installed: . Aiming is not necessary after repla-
Low beam: cing the bulb. When aiming adjust-
Wattage: 35 ment is necessary, contact a
Bulb no.: D2R NISSAN dealer.
High beam:
Wattage: 60 Use the same number and wattage as originally
Bulb no.: HB3 installed:
Low beam:
Wattage: 55
Bulb no.: H11
SDI2141
Front turn signal/park/side marker light (Halogen
headlight model)
Xenon headlight model: See a NISSAN dealer
for replacement.
Halogen headlight model: Remove the bulb as
illustrated.
SDI2306 SDI2170
Front fog light
Replacement procedures
S35-D-110201-CFA652EC-DF34-4605-85FA-A4F826DD3B31
: REMOVE
: INSTALL
SDI2030 SDI1500B
Front map light Cargo light
SDI1499A SDI2032
Ceiling light Vanity mirror light
level.
. For additional information re-
garding tires, refer to “Important
Tire Safety Information” (US) or
“Tire Safety Information” (Cana-
da) in the Warranty Information
Booklet.
SDI2340
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 tion shown on the Tire and Loading
km) at moderate speeds. The recom- Information label.
mended cold tire inflation is set by the 5. Add air to the tire as needed. If too
manufacturer to provide the best bal- much air is added, press the core of the
ance of tire wear, vehicle handling, valve stem briefly with the tip of the
driveability, tire noise, etc., up to the gauge stem to release pressure. Re-
vehicle’s GVWR. check the pressure and add or release
*
5 Tire size — see “Tire labeling” later in air as needed.
this section.
6. Install the valve stem cap.
*
6 Spare tire size or compact spare tire
size (if so equipped) 7. Check the pressure of all other tires,
including the spare.
SDI1949
COLD TIRE
Checking theGUID-35F5460B-53F3-48BD-8D36-DF9B4793C040
tire pressure SIZE INFLATION
1. Remove the valve stem cap from the PRESSURE
tire. P215/70- 230 kPa,
2. Press the pressure gauge squarely onto R16 99H 33 PSI
the valve stem. Do not press too hard or P225/60- 230 kPa,
force the valve stem sideways, or air will FRONT
R17 98H 33 PSI
escape. If the hissing sound of air ORIGINAL
TIRE 230 kPa,
escaping from the tire is heard while
P225/55- 33 PSI*1
checking the pressure, reposition the
R18 97V 260 kPa,
gauge to eliminate this leakage.
38 PSI*2
3. Remove the gauge.
4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge
stem and compare it to the specifica-
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-33
ing tires, refer to “Important Tire If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select
Safety Information” (US) or “Tire tires equivalent in size and load rating to the
Safety Information” (Canada) in the original equipment tires. If you do not, it can
Warranty Information Booklet. adversely affect the safety and handling of your
vehicle.
Generally, snow tires will have lower speed
ratings than factory equipped tires and may not
8-36 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
match the potential maximum vehicle speed. The tire chain part numbers and Peerless Chain
. ONLY use spare tires specified for
Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the Company phone number are correct at the time
the AWD model.
tire. of printing that is shown on the back cover of
this Owner’s Manual. Always confirm the correct
If you install snow tires, they must be the same If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-
part numbers with Peerless Chain Company
size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all mended that all four tires be replaced with tires
before ordering.
four wheels. of the same size, brand, construction and tread
pattern. The tire pressure and wheel alignment Only use other types of traction devices if the
For additional traction on icy roads, studded
should also be checked and corrected as traction device manufacturer recommends it for
tires may be used. However, some U.S. states
necessary. Contact a NISSAN dealer. use on your specific vehicle and the tire and
and Canadian provinces prohibit their use.
wheel installed on your vehicle.
Check local, state and provincial laws before TIRE CHAINS
S35-D-110201-B43663A4-F981-4F85-8D61-36021FFAD0E3
installing studded tires. Skid and traction cap- Use of traction devices may be prohibited
abilities of studded snow tires, on wet or dry according to location. Check the local laws
surfaces, may be poorer than that of non- CAUTION before installing traction devices. When instal-
studded snow tires. ling traction devices, make sure they are the
NISSAN recommends using the follow- proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models
GUID-A4E89E8F-8195-4A57-BA99-CD357C8FF81B ing tire cables made by Peerless Chain installed according to the traction device man-
Company for this vehicle due to limited ufacturer’s suggestions. When using traction
tire clearance. Call 800-533-8056 to devices, avoid fully loading your vehicle and
CAUTION order tire chains for your vehicle. drive at reduced speeds. Failure to do so may
cause damage to the brakes and suspension
. Always use tires of the same type, . 215/70R16 - Sno-trac1000 part num-
and adversely affect handling and performance.
size, brand, construction (bias, bias- ber 0103855 with chain tightener
belted or radial), and tread pattern part number 2007020 Traction devices must be installed only on
on all four wheels. Failure to do so the front wheels and not on the rear
. 225/60R17, 225/55R18 - Sno-
may result in a circumference differ- wheels.
trac1000 part number 0103855 with
ence between tires on the front and chain tightener part number Do not drive with traction devices on paved
rear axles which will cause exces- 2007190 roads that are clear of snow. Driving with
sive tire wear and may damage the traction devices in such conditions can cause
Failure to use the correct traction
transmission, transfer case and dif- damage to the various mechanisms of the
device will cause damage to the brakes,
ferential gears. vehicle due to some overstress.
suspension or other vehicle parts.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-37
tread wear indicators. When When replacing a tire, use the same size, tread
wear indicators are visible, the design, speed rating and load carrying capacity
as originally equipped. (See “Specifications” in
tire(s) should be replaced.
the “9. Technical and consumer information”
. Tires degrade with age and use. section for recommended types and sizes of
Have tires, including the spare, tires and wheels.)
over 6 years old checked by a
qualified technician, because WARNING
some tire damage may not be
obvious. Replace the tires as . The use of tires other than those
necessary to prevent tire failure recommended or the mixed use of
SDI1663 and possible personal injury. tires of different brands, construc-
tion (bias, bias-belted or radial), or
1. Wear indicator . Improper service of the spare
tread patterns can adversely affect
2. Wear indicator location mark tire may result in serious perso- the ride, braking, handling, ground
Tire wear and damage nal injury. If it is necessary to clearance, body-to-tire clearance,
S35-D-110201-2E6D7DC3-0C7F-4E12-A774-F3C188570BD7
repair the spare tire, contact a tire chain clearance, speedometer
NISSAN dealer. calibration, headlight aim and bum-
WARNING per height. Some of these effects
. For additional information re-
may lead to accidents and could
. Tires should be periodically in- garding tires, refer to “Important
result in serious personal injury.
spected for wear, cracking, bul- Tire Safety Information” (US) or
“Tire Safety Information” (Cana- . If the wheels are changed for any
ging or objects caught in the reason, always replace with wheels
tread. If excessive wear, cracks, da) in the Warranty Information
which have the same off-set dimen-
bulging or deep cuts are found, Booklet. sion. Wheels of a different off-set
the tire(s) should be replaced. could cause premature tire wear,
degrade vehicle handling character-
istics and/or interference with the
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-39
brake discs/drums. Such interfer- . For additional information regard- For additional information regarding tires, refer
ence can lead to decreased braking ing tires, refer to “Important Tire to “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or
efficiency and/or early brake pad/ Safety Information” (US) or “Tire “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the War-
shoe wear. See “Wheels and tires” Safety Information” (Canada) in the ranty Information Booklet.
in the “9. Technical and consumer Warranty Information Booklet. Care of S35-D-110201-0B8C9CF9-E364-45F1-8AD3-5412738974BF
wheels
information” section of this manual
See “Cleaning exterior” in the “7. Appearance
for wheel off-set dimensions.
and care” section for details about care of the
. When a spare tire is mounted or a CAUTION wheels.
wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not
function and the low tire pressure Always use tires of the same type, size, Spare tire
S35-D-110201-E74B415C-3AFD-4581-B7A9-3FD301380EE5
warning light will flash for approxi- brand, construction (bias, bias-belted When a spare tire is mounted (TEMPORARY
mately 1 minute. The light will or radial), and tread pattern on all four USE ONLY or conventional), the TPMS will not
remain on after 1 minute. Contact wheels. Failure to do so may result in a function.
your NISSAN dealer as soon as circumference difference between tires Observe the following precautions if the TEM-
possible for tire replacement and/ on the front and rear axles which will PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used,
or system resetting. cause excessive tire wear and may otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or
. Replacing tires with those not ori- damage the transmission, transfer case involved in an accident.
ginally specified by NISSAN could and differential gears (AWD models).
affect the proper operation of the
TPMS. WARNING
Wheel S35-D-110201-8E10EC16-9CEC-43D7-A91E-D33EB97AE66C
balance
. Do not install a damaged or de- Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling . The TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare
formed wheel or tire even if it has and tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can tire should be used for emergency
been repaired. Such wheels or tires get out of balance. Therefore, they should be use. It should be replaced with the
could have structural damage and balanced as required. standard tire at the first opportunity
could fail without warning.
Wheel balance service should be per- to avoid possible tire or differential
. The use of retread tire is not re- formed with the wheels off the vehicle. damage.
commended. Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle . Drive carefully while the TEMPOR-
could lead to mechanical damage. ARY USE ONLY spare tire is in-
stalled. Avoid sharp turns and . Do not use the spare tire on other
abrupt braking while driving. vehicles.
. Periodically check spare tire infla- . Do not use more than one spare tire
tion pressure. Always keep the at the same time.
pressure of the TEMPORARY USE . Do not tow a trailer while the
ONLY spare tire at 60 psi (420 kPa, TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire
4.2 bar). Always keep the pressure is installed.
of the full size spare tire (if so
equipped) at the recommended
pressure for standard tires, as in-
dicated on the Tire and Loading CAUTION
Information label.
. Do not use tire chains on a TEM-
. With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY
PORARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tire
spare tire installed do not drive your
chains will not fit properly and may
vehicle at speeds faster than 50
cause damage to the vehicle.
MPH (80 km/h).
. Because the TEMPORARY USE
. When driving on roads covered with
ONLY spare tire is smaller than the
snow or ice, the TEMPORARY USE
original tire, ground clearance is
ONLY spare tire should be used on
reduced. To avoid damage to the
the rear wheels and original tire
vehicle, do not drive over obstacles.
used on the front wheels (drive
Also do not drive the vehicle
wheels). Use tire chains only on
through an automatic car wash
the front (original) tires.
since it may get caught.
. Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE
ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster
rate than the standard tire. Replace
the spare tire as soon as the tread
wear indicators appear.
MEMO
Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................... ... 9-2 Vehicle loading information .................................................
... 9-12
Fuel recommendation .........................................................
... 9-3 Terms .................................................................................
... 9-12
Engine oil and oil filter recommendation ....................... ... 9-5 Vehicle load capacity ....................................................
... 9-13
Air conditioning system refrigerant and Securing the load ..........................................................
... 9-14
lubricant recommendations ...............................................
... 9-6 Loading tips .....................................................................
... 9-15
Specifications .............................................................................
... 9-7 Measurement of weights ..............................................
... 9-15
Engine ....................................................................................
... 9-7 Towing a trailer .......................................................................
... 9-16
Wheels and tires .................................................................
... 9-7 Maximum load limits ......................................................
... 9-16
Dimensions and weights ...................................................
... 9-8 Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)/maximum
When traveling or registering your vehicle in Gross Axle Weight (GAW) .........................................
... 9-18
another country ..........................................................................
... 9-8 Towing load/specification ............................................
... 9-20
Vehicle identification .................................................................
... 9-8 Towing safety ..................................................................
... 9-20
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate ..................... ... 9-8 Flat towing .......................................................................
... 9-24
Vehicle identification number (chassis number) .......... ... 9-9 Uniform tire quality grading .................................................
... 9-25
Engine serial number ..........................................................
... 9-9 Treadwear ........................................................................
... 9-25
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ....................... ... 9-9 Traction AA, A, B and C ..............................................
... 9-25
Emission control information label ...............................
... 9-10 Temperature A, B and C ..............................................
... 9-25
Tire and loading information label ................................
... 9-10 Emission control system warranty .....................................
... 9-26
Air conditioner specification label ................................
... 9-10 Reporting safety defects .....................................................
... 9-26
Installing front license plate .................................................
... 9-11 Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test ......... ... 9-27
Event Data Recorders (EDR) .............................................
... 9-28
Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information ..... ... 9-28
*1: For additional information, see “Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section for changing engine oil.
*2: For additional information, see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendation” later in this section.
*3: Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2. Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2 will damage the CVT, which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle
limited warranty.
*4: For hot climates, viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 328F (08C).
*5: Available in mainland U.S.A. through a NISSAN dealer.
*6: For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” later in this section for air conditioner specification label.
FUEL RECOMMENDATION
S35-D-110201-A221234C-A924-408C-86C4-B0AED0C6451C
Gasoline specifications
GUID-FB0FC0E7-207A-41F4-86F5-B3D4696C057C
and/or fuel system damage.
Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets . The fuel should be unleaded and have
rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) speci- an octane rating no lower than that
number (Research octane number 91). fications where it is available. Many of the recommended for unleaded gasoline.
automobile manufacturers developed this spe- . If an oxygenate-blend, other than
cification to improve emission control system methanol blend is used, it should
CAUTION and vehicle performance. Ask your service contain no more than 10% oxygenate.
station manager if the gasoline meets the (MTBE may, however, be added up to
. Using a fuel other than that speci- WWFC specifications. 15%.)
fied could adversely affect the emis-
ReformulatedGUID-7B630239-6E8B-4DD6-A634-A7A85BD8A7F4
gasoline . If a methanol blend is used, it should
sion control system, and may also
contain no more than 5% methanol
affect warranty coverage. Some fuel suppliers are now producing refor- (methyl alcohol, wood alcohol) . It
. Under no circumstances should a mulated gasolines. These gasolines are specially should also contain a suitable amount
leaded gasoline be used, because designed to reduce vehicle emissions. NISSAN of appropriate cosolvents and corro-
this will damage the three-way cat- supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug- sion inhibitors. If not properly formu-
alyst. gests that you use reformulated gasoline when lated with appropriate cosolvents and
. Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. available. corrosion inhibitors, such methanol
Your vehicle is not designed to run Gasoline containing oxygenates blends may cause fuel system damage
GUID-ACAFD4CF-3803-48B3-AB06-1F34D57C0C20
on E-85 fuel. Using E-85 fuel can and/or vehicle performance problems.
Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing
damage the fuel system compo- At this time, sufficient data is not
oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE and metha-
nents and is not covered by the available to ensure that all methanol
nol with or without advertising their presence.
NISSAN new vehicle limited war- blends are suitable for use in NISSAN
NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels
ranty. vehicles.
of which the oxygenate content and the fuel
compatibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily If any driveability problems such as engine
determined. If in doubt, ask your service station stalling and difficult hot-starting are experienced
manager. after using oxygenate-blend fuels, immediately
change to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a
If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please take low blend of MTBE.
the following precautions as the usage of such
fuels may cause vehicle performance problems Take care not to spill gasoline during
refueling. Gasoline containing oxygenates even when using gasoline of the stated warranty.
can cause paint damage. octane rating, or if you hear steady spark
knock while holding a steady speed on . E-85 is a mixture of approximately
E-85 fuel GUID-2E4CD94E-1192-45B9-916B-3787F129BF0E level roads, have a NISSAN dealer correct 85% fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded
E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85% fuel the condition. Failure to correct the condi- gasoline.
ethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. E-85 can tion is misuse of the vehicle, for which . U.S. government regulations require
only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Do NISSAN is not responsible. ethanol dispensing pumps to be
not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. U.S. govern- identified by a small, square, orange
Incorrect ignition timing will result in spark
ment regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing and black label with the common
knock, after-run and/or overheating, which may
pumps to be identified by a small, square, abbreviation or the appropriate per-
cause excessive fuel consumption or engine
orange and black label with the common centage for that region.
damage. If any of the above symptoms are
abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for
encountered, have your vehicle checked at a
that region.
NISSAN dealer.
Aftermarket fuel additives
GUID-CEC1B382-6E18-485F-958A-F75011934C34
However, now and then you may notice
NISSAN does not recommend the use of any light spark knock for a short time while
aftermarket fuel additives (for example, fuel accelerating or driving up hills. This is not a
injector cleaner, octane booster, intake valve cause for concern, because you get the
deposit removers, etc.) which are sold commer- greatest fuel benefit when there is light
cially. Many of these additives intended for gum, spark knock for a short time under heavy
varnish or deposit removal may contain active engine load.
solvent or similar ingredients that can be harmful
to the fuel system and engine.
CAUTION
Octane rating tips
GUID-A306B15B-DFEF-40B6-A7F5-D6B25890AAD6
Using unleaded gasoline with an octane . Your vehicle is not designed to run
rating lower than recommended can cause on E-85 fuel. Using E-85 fuel in a
persistent, heavy “spark knock”. (Spark vehicle not specifically designed for
knock is a metallic rapping noise.) If E-85 fuel can damage fuel system
severe, this can lead to engine damage. If components and is not covered by
you detect a persistent heavy spark knock the NISSAN new vehicle limited
9-4 Technical and consumer information
CAUTION
The use of any other refrigerant or oil
will cause severe damage to the air
conditioning system and will require
the replacement of all air conditioner
SPECIFICATIONS
GUID-8D91DA47-BD49-4680-9F48-4B76244A0ADA
ENGINE WHEELS AND TIRES
S35-D-110201-933AA0E8-B3B1-4A14-92D7-9E7B142878DE
S35-D-110201-F2DD8848-CCBE-4E88-B6DA-6C4908AB37E8
WHEN TRAVELING OR
REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
ANOTHER COUNTRY
S35-D-110201-97696DB0-9FA1-454C-9A54-75CB658B4436
S35-D-110201-AF2DD131-9602-439B-9C4F-B002B286C468
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS When planning to travel in another coun-
S35-D-110201-C0BD9505-CF16-45D9-ADC2-03F9DD3B48B2
try, you should first find out if the fuel available is
Overall length in (mm) 183.3 (4,655)*1
183.9 (4,670)*2
suitable for your vehicle’s engine.
Overall width in (mm) 70.9 (1,800) Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low
Overall height in (mm) 65.3 (1,658) may cause engine damage. All gasoline vehicles
66.3 (1,683)*3 must be operated with unleaded gasoline.
Front tread in (mm) 60.6 (1,540) Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areas
Rear tread in (mm) 61.0 (1,550) where appropriate fuel is not available.
Wheelbase in (mm) 105.9 (2,690) When transferring the registration of your
Gross Vehicle vehicle to another country, state, province
Weight Rating lb (kg) or district, it may be necessary to modify the
(GVWR)
vehicle to meet local laws and regulations.
Gross Axle See the F.M.V.S.S. or
Weight Rating C.M.V.S.S. certification The laws and regulations for motor vehicle
label on the driver’s STI0457
(GAWR) emission control and safety standards vary
side center pillar.
Front lb (kg) according to the country, state, province or VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
district; therefore, vehicle specifications may (VIN) PLATE
Rear lb (kg) S35-D-110201-3F76E755-25B1-43D9-AFCF-FF5F50E32C88
differ.
The vehicle identification number plate is at-
*1: Without front license plate bracket When any vehicle is to be taken into tached as shown. This number is the identifica-
*2: With front license plate bracket another country, state, province or district tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle
*3: With roof rail and registered, its modifications, transpor- registration.
tation, and registration are the responsi-
bility of the user. NISSAN is not
responsible for any inconvenience that
may result.
EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION
LABEL GUID-66B2F781-E0EB-479C-AB4A-981653668323
LABEL S35-D-110201-A6628635-F2F6-406F-8A41-BB648265F3A3 LABEL S35-D-110201-AD318A46-F994-493D-A23F-30C24E4DCD3D
The emission control information label is at- The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and The air conditioner specification label is at-
tached to the underside of the hood as shown. Loading Information label affixed to the pillar as tached to the underside of the hood as shown.
illustrated.
to a single hook *
B (if so equipped) when LOADING TIPS
GUID-CCF58CFF-D49E-4D69-894F-4222D9AD3A99 . Overloading not only can short-
securing cargo. . The GVW must not exceed GVWR or en the life of your vehicle and
GAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./ the tire, but can cause unsafe
WARNING C.M.V.S.S. certification label. vehicle handling and longer
. Do not load the front and rear axle to braking distances. This may
. Properly secure all cargo with ropes the GAWR. Doing so will exceed the cause a premature tire failure,
or straps to help prevent it from
GVWR. which could result in a serious
sliding or shifting. Do not place
cargo higher than the seatbacks. In accident and personal injury.
a sudden stop or collision, unse- WARNING Failures caused by overloading
cured cargo could cause personal are not covered by the vehicle’s
injury. . Properly secure all cargo with warranty.
. The child restraint top tether strap ropes or straps to help prevent it
may be damaged by contact with from sliding or shifting. Do not MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS
GUID-C42BDC9B-1E48-4CC9-93DD-223E72FBF0D1
items in the cargo area. Secure any place cargo higher than the Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts
items in the cargo area. Your child that could affect the balance of your
seatbacks. In a sudden stop or
could be seriously injured or killed vehicle. When the vehicle is loaded, drive
in a collision if the top tether strap is collision, unsecured cargo could
cause personal injury. to a scale and weigh the front and the rear
damaged.
. Do not load your vehicle any wheels separately to determine axle loads.
. Do not load your vehicle any heavier
heavier than the GVWR or the Individual axle loads should not exceed
than the GVWR or the maximum
front and rear GAWRs. If you do, maximum front and rear either of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings
parts of your vehicle can break, tire GAWRs. If you do, parts of your (GAWR). The total of the axle loads should
damage could occur, or it can vehicle can break, tire damage not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
change the way your vehicle han- could occur, or it can change the Rating (GVWR). These ratings are given
dles. This could result in loss of
way your vehicle handles. This on the vehicle certification label. If weight
control and cause personal injury. ratings are exceeded, move or remove
could result in loss of control
and cause personal injury. items to bring all weights below the ratings.
TOWING A TRAILER
GUID-6E94EE6F-56CB-48E7-B357-BC00A3528549
WARNING
Overheating can result in reduced en- STI0542
gine power and vehicle speed. The
reduced speed may be lower than other Tongue loadGUID-C04C8C9B-DDE9-4EED-8127-6EE524310929
traffic, which could increase the chance
When using a weight carrying or a weight
of a collision. Be especially careful
distributing hitch, keep the tongue load between
when driving. If the vehicle cannot
10 to 15% of the total trailer load within the
maintain a safe driving speed, pull to
maximum tongue load limits shown in the
the side of the road in a safe area.
following “Towing Load/Specification” chart. If
Allow the engine to cool and return to
the tongue load becomes excessive, rearrange
normal operation. See “If your vehicle
cargo to allow for proper tongue load.
overheats” in the “6. In case of emer-
gency” section of this manual.
required to achieve the rating. Additional pas- 2. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the
sengers, cargo and/or optional equipment, such GCWR. The remaining amount is the avail-
as the trailer hitch, will add weight to the vehicle able maximum towing capacity.
and reduce your vehicle’s maximum towing To determine the Gross Trailer Weight, weigh
capacity and trailer tongue load. your trailer on a scale with all equipment and
The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed to cargo, that are normally in the trailer when it is
confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR, Front towed. Make sure the Gross trailer weight is not
GAWR, Rear GAWR, Gross Combined Weight more than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating
Rating (GCWR) and Towing capacity. shown on the trailer and is not more than the
All vehicle and trailer weights can be measured calculated available maximum towing capacity.
using platform type scales commonly found at Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale
truck stops, highway weigh stations, building to make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight and
TI1012M
supply centers or salvage yards. Rear Gross Axle Weight are not more than Front
To determine the available payload capacity for Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight
MAXIMUM GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT tongue load, use the following procedure. on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.
(GVW)/MAXIMUM GROSS AXLE The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to
1. Locate the GVWR on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.
WEIGHT (GAW) be moved or removed to meet the specified
GUID-6D781F5A-F0FA-449E-936D-90A62CF6E861 S.S. certification label.
ratings.
The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceed 2. Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all of
the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) Example:
the passengers and cargo that are normally
shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification in the vehicle when towing a trailer. . Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) as weighed
label. The GVW equals the combined weight of on a scale - including passengers, cargo
the unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage, 3. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the
and hitch - 4,133 lb. (1,874 kg).
hitch, trailer tongue load and any other optional GVWR. The remaining amount is the avail-
. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) from
equipment. In addition, front or rear GAW must able maximum tongue load.
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label -
not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating To determine the available towing capacity, use 4,233 lb. (1,920 kg).
(GAWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. the following procedure.
. Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)
certification label. 1. Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the from “Towing Load/Specification” chart -
Towing capacities are calculated assuming a “Towing Load/Specification” chart found 5,136 lb. (2,329 kg).
base vehicle with driver and any options later in this section.
9-18 Technical and consumer information
. Maximum Trailer towing capacity from “Tow- Always verify that available capacities are within
ing Load/Specification” chart - 1,000 lb. the required ratings.
(453 kg).
4,233 lb. (1,920 kg) GVWR
− 4,133 lb. (1,874 kg) GVW
Available for tongue
= 100 lb. (45 kg) weight
TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION
GUID-B033984C-63D9-4226-9FF9-57007EB506CD
TOWING SAFETY
GUID-13068A2D-BD0C-46FD-BF4B-C8803F5A7767
1: All towing above 1,000 lb (454 kg) requires the use of trailer brakes. Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and
2: Sway control devices are not offered by NISSAN. See a professional trailer/hitch outlet for a properly weight rating for your trailer:
designed sway control device for your trailer. . The required hitch ball size is stamped on
most trailer couplers. Most hitch balls also
have the size printed on top of the ball.
. Choose the proper class hitch ball based on
the trailer weight.
. The diameter of the threaded shank of the
hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount
hole diameter. The hitch ball shank should
be no more than 1/16´´ smaller than the hole
in the ball mount.
. The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be
long enough to be properly secured to the
ball mount. There should be at least 2
threads showing beyond the lock washer
and nut.
Sway controlGUID-CA43C3C2-6AFA-4A0F-945D-1C0EEDB8B5F8
device struck from the rear, where practi- turning corners.
Sudden maneuvers, wind gusts and buffeting cal, remove the hitch and/or recei- Trailer lights GUID-A29FE40B-6D31-4369-84A4-A3AB91FE8E44
caused by other vehicles can affect trailer ver when not in use. After the hitch
handling. Sway control devices may be used to is removed, seal the bolt holes to
help control these affects. If you choose to use prevent exhaust fumes, water or CAUTION
one, contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier to dust from entering the passenger
make sure the sway control device will work with compartment. When splicing into the vehicle electrical
the vehicle, hitch, trailer and the trailer’s brake . Regularly check that all trailer hitch system, a commercially available
system. Follow the instructions provided by the mounting bolts are securely power-type module/converter must be
manufacturer for installing and using the sway mounted. used to provide power for all trailer
control device. lighting. This unit uses the vehicle
battery as a direct power source for all
Class I hitchGUID-8755D6BA-3FF5-44C8-AAA8-87A25DC7A9B5 Tire pressures
GUID-24AC9370-4921-4DCC-A994-22A3A4903D8D trailer lights while using the vehicle tail
Class I trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ball . When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicle light, stoplight and turn signal circuits
mount and hitch ball) can be used to tow trailers tires to the recommended cold tire pressure as a signal source. The module/con-
of a maximum weight of 2,000 lb (909 kg). indicated on the Tire and Loading Informa- verter must draw no more than 15
tion label. milliamps from the stop and tail lamp
. Trailer tire condition, size, load rating and circuits. Using a module/converter that
CAUTION proper inflation pressure should be in exceeds these power requirements may
accordance with the trailer and tire manu- damage the vehicle’s electrical system.
. The hitch should not be attached to See a reputable trailer dealer to obtain
facturers’ specifications.
or affect the operation of the im- the proper equipment and to have it
pact-absorbing bumper. Safety chainsGUID-C6AFFF2D-3488-4102-BC8F-7EB7C5A9DF69 installed.
. Do not use axle-mounted hitches. Always use a suitable chain between your
. Do not modify the vehicle exhaust vehicle and the trailer. The safety chains should Trailer lights should comply with federal and/or
system, brake system, etc. to install be crossed and should be attached to the hitch, local regulations. For assistance in hooking up
a trailer hitch. not to the vehicle bumper or axle. The safety trailer lights, contact a NISSAN dealer or
chains can be attached to the bumper if the reputable trailer dealer.
. To reduce the possibility of addi-
hitch ball is mounted to the bumper. Be sure to
tional damage if your vehicle is
leave enough slack in the chains to permit
Technical and consumer information 9-21
Trailer brakesGUID-8900FB3E-5F3F-4B97-99B7-FF25587AD020 . Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure, towing trailers. Obey the local speed limits.
If your trailer is equipped with a braking system, vehicle tire pressure, trailer light operation, . When backing up, hold the bottom of the
make sure it conforms to federal and/or local and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you steering wheel with one hand. Move your
regulations and that it is properly installed. attach a trailer to the vehicle. hand in the direction in which you want the
. Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to trailer to go. Make small corrections and
all federal, state or local regulations. If not, back up slowly. If possible, have someone
WARNING install any mirrors required for towing before guide you when you are backing up.
driving the vehicle. Always block the wheels on both vehicle and
Never connect a trailer brake system . Determine the overall height of the vehicle trailer when parking. Parking on a slope is not
directly to the vehicle brake system. and trailer so the required clearance is recommended; however, if you must do so:
known.
Pre-towing tips
GUID-9340413B-CD96-4DA1-9954-2F5798FB03D4 Trailer towingGUID-74EA1701-DBB8-4BC7-AA72-370122A2DB72
tips CAUTION
. Be certain your vehicle maintains a level In order to gain skill and an understanding of the
position when a loaded or unloaded trailer is vehicle’s behavior, you should practice turning, If you move the shift selector lever to
hitched. Do not drive the vehicle if it has an stopping and backing up in an area which is free the P (Park) position before blocking
abnormal nose-up or nose-down condition; from traffic. Steering stability, and braking the wheels and applying the parking
check for improper tongue load, overload, performance will be somewhat different than brake, transmission damage could oc-
worn suspension or other possible causes under normal driving conditions. cur.
of either condition.
. Always secure items in the trailer to prevent
. Always secure items in the trailer to prevent 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
load shift while driving.
load shift while driving.
. Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or 2. Have someone place blocks on the downhill
. Keep the cargo load as low as possible in
lock to prevent the coupler from inadver- side of the vehicle and trailer wheels.
the trailer to keep the trailer center of gravity
tently becoming unlatched. 3. After the wheel blocks are in place, slowly
low.
. Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops. release the brake pedal until the blocks
. Load the trailer so approximately 60% of the
trailer load is in the front half and 40% is in . Avoid sharp turns or lane changes. absorb the vehicle load.
the back half. Also make sure the load is . Always drive your vehicle at a moderate 4. Apply the parking brake.
balanced side to side. speed. Some states or provinces have 5. Shift the transmission into P (Park).
specific speed limits for vehicles that are
6. Turn off the engine. . Have your vehicle serviced more often than 2. When the trailer sway stops, gently apply
To drive away: at intervals specified in the recommended the brakes and pull to the side of the road in
maintenance schedule in the NISSAN Ser- a safe area.
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
vice and Maintenance Guide. 3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is
2. Start the engine. . When making a turn, your trailer wheels will balanced as described earlier in this section.
3. Shift the transmission into gear. be closer to the inside of the turn than your
. Be careful when passing other vehicles.
4. Release the parking brake. vehicle wheels. To compensate for this,
Passing while towing a trailer requires
make a larger than normal turning radius
5. Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer are considerably more distance than normal
during the turn.
clear from the blocks. passing. Remember the length of the trailer
. Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely must also pass the other vehicle before you
6. Apply and hold the brake pedal. affect vehicle/trailer handling, possibly caus- can safely change lanes.
7. Have someone retrieve and store the blocks. ing vehicle sway. When being passed by
. Down shift the transmission to a lower gear
. When going down a hill, shift into a lower larger vehicles, be prepared for possible
for engine braking when driving down steep
gear and use the engine braking effect. changes in crosswinds that could affect
or long hills. This will help slow the vehicle
When going up a long grade, downshift the vehicle handling. If swaying does occur,
without applying the brakes.
transmission to a lower gear and reduce firmly grip the steering wheel, steer straight
. Avoid holding the brake pedal down too
speed to reduce chances of engine over- ahead, and immediately (but gradually)
long or too frequently. This could cause the
loading and/or overheating. reduce vehicle speed. This combination will
brakes to overheat, resulting in reduced
. If the engine coolant rises to an extremely help stabilize the vehicle. Never increase
braking efficiency.
high temperature when the air conditioning speed.
. Increase your following distance to allow for
system is on, turn off the air conditioner. Do the following if the trailer begins to sway:
greater stopping distances while towing a
Coolant heat can be additionally vented by 1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to trailer. Anticipate stops and brake gradually.
opening the windows, switching the fan allow the vehicle to coast and steer as
. Do not use cruise control while towing a
control to high and setting the temperature straight ahead as the road conditions allow.
trailer.
control to the HOT position. This combination will help stabilize the
. Some states or provinces have specific
. Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal vehicle.
regulations and speed limits for vehicles
circumstances. . Do not correct trailer sway by steering or
that are towing trailers. Obey the local
. Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500 miles applying the brakes.
speed limits.
(800 km).
(French speakers). A vehicle equipped with All-Wheel Drive (AWD) condition is “not ready”. If the MIL does not
should never be tested using a two wheel blink after 20 seconds, the I/M test condition is
To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns dynamometer (such as the dynamometers used “ready”.
please contact our Consumer Information by some states for emissions testing), or similar Contact a NISSAN dealer to set “ready condi-
Centre toll free at 1-800-387-0122 equipment. Make sure you inform test facility tion” or to prepare the vehicle for testing.
personnel that your vehicle is equipped with
AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer.
Using the wrong test equipment may result in
transmission damage or unexpected vehicle
movement which could result in serious vehicle
damage or personal injury.
Due to legal requirements in some states and
Canadian Provinces, your vehicle may be
required to be in what is called the “ready
condition” for an Inspection/Maintenance (I/M)
test of the emission control system.
The vehicle is set to the “ready condition” when
it is driven through certain driving patterns.
Usually, the “ready condition” can be obtained
by ordinary usage of the vehicle.
If a powertrain system component is repaired or
the battery is disconnected, the vehicle may be
reset to a “not ready condition”. Before taking
the I/M test, check the vehicle’s inspection/
maintenance test readiness condition. Place the
ignition switch in the ON position without
starting the engine. If the Malfunction Indicator
Light (MIL) comes on steady for 20 seconds and
then blinks for 10 seconds, the I/M test
OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICE
EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)
MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION
GUID-D562961D-9AFE-4754-8C59-8C01CE2FEDDB GUID-01ECFC68-80F1-4930-A150-93111F5483D4
This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data of personally identifying data routinely acquired Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this
Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is during a crash investigation. model year and prior can be purchased. A
to record, in certain crash or near crash-like To read data recorded by an EDR, special genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best
situations, such as an air bag deployment or equipment is required and access to the vehicle source of service and repair information for your
hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle vehicle. This manual is the same one used by the
understanding how a vehicle’s systems per- manufacturer and NISSAN dealer, other parties, factory trained technicians working at a NISSAN
formed. The EDR is designed to record data such as law enforcement, that have the special dealer. Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals can
related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems equipment, can read the information if they have also be purchased.
for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds access to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will In the USA:
or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle For current pricing and availability of genuine
record such data as: owner or lessee or as otherwise required or NISSAN Service Manuals contact:
. How various systems in your vehicle were permitted by law. 1-800-450-9491
operating; www.nissan-techinfo.com
. Whether or not the driver and passenger
For current pricing and availability of genuine
safety belts were buckled/fastened;
NISSAN Owner’s Manuals contact:
. How far (if at all) the driver was depressing 1-800-247-5321
the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
In Canada:
. How fast the vehicle was traveling.
. Sounds are not recorded. To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN
Service Manual or Owner’s Manual for this
These data can help provide a better under-
model year and prior please contact a NISSAN
standing of the circumstances in which crashes
dealer. For the phone number and location of a
and injuries occur.
NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN
NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle Information Center at 1-800-387-0122 and a
only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs; no data bilingual NISSAN representative will assist you.
are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g. name,
gender, age and crash location) are recorded.
However, other parties, such as law enforce-
ment, could combine the EDR data with the type
9-28 Technical and consumer information
MEMO
MEMO
10 Index
A Audio system................................................................
... 4-30 C
Steering wheel audio controls..........................
... 4-64
ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ............................
... 5-27 Autolight system..........................................................
... 2-34
Advanced air bag system .........................................
... 1-45 Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ....... ... 9-2
Automatic Car phone or CB radio .............................................
... 4-66
Aiming control, Headlights........................................
... 2-37 Air conditioner.......................................................
... 4-27
Air bag system Cargo cover..................................................................
... 2-46
Door locks.................................................................
... 3-6 Cargo light....................................................................
... 2-55
Advanced air bag system ..................................
... 1-45 Average speed (MPH or km/h) ...............................
... 2-26
Front passenger air bag and status light....... ... 1-46 Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst................... ... 5-3
Avoiding collision and rollover ...................................
... 5-5 CD/CF/USB memory care and cleaning .............. ... 4-64
Front-seat mounted side-impact
supplemental air bag system ............................
... 1-49 Ceiling light...................................................................
... 2-54
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and B Child restraints.............................................................
... 1-22
rollover supplemental air bag system ............. ... 1-49 Booster seats........................................................
... 1-36
Back door (See lift gate) ..........................................
... 3-21 LATCH system ......................................................
... 1-24
Air bag warning labels...............................................
... 1-52
Battery............................................................................
... 8-13 Precautions on child restraints ......................... ... 1-22
Air bag warning light......................................
... 1-52, 2-16
Battery replacement, Intelligent Key................ ... 8-23 Child safety...................................................................
... 1-20
Air cleaner housing filter ...........................................
... 8-16
Battery replacement, Keyfob .............................
... 8-22 Child safety rear door lock .........................................
... 3-6
Air conditioner
Battery saver system...........................................
... 2-36 Chimes, Audible reminders ......................................
... 2-18
Air conditioner operation....................................
... 4-24
Keyfob battery replacement...............................
... 8-22 Circuit breaker, Fusible link ......................................
... 8-20
Air conditioner service ........................................
... 4-29
Before starting the engine ........................................
... 5-12 Cleaning exterior and interior............................
... 7-2, 7-4
Air conditioner specification label.................... ... 9-10
Belts (See drive belts)...............................................
... 8-15 Clock ......................................................
... 2-27, 4-42, 4-49
Air conditioning system refrigerant and
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System ................ ... 4-67 Clock (models with navigation system)................... ... 4-8
lubricant recommendations....................... ... 4-29, 9-6
Booster seats...............................................................
... 1-36 Coat hooks ...................................................................
... 2-47
Alarm, How to stop alarm (see vehicle
Brake Cold weather driving..................................................
... 5-30
security system)...........................................................
... 2-30
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ..................... ... 5-27 Compact Disc (CD) player (See
Alcohol, drugs and driving..........................................
... 5-7
Brake fluid..............................................................
... 8-11 audio system).......................................
... 4-44, 4-52, 4-59
All-wheel drive (AWD)...............................................
... 5-22
Brake system.........................................................
... 5-27 Compass .........................................................................
... 2-8
All-wheel drive (AWD) warning light...................... ... 2-12
Parking brake operation .....................................
... 5-18 Console box .................................................................
... 2-44
Antenna..........................................................................
... 4-65
Warning light.........................................................
... 2-13 Continuously Variable Transmission
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ............................
... 5-27
Break-in schedule .......................................................
... 5-20 (CVT) fluid.....................................................................
... 8-11
Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning light..... ... 2-12
Brightness control Control panel buttons — color screen with
Appearance care
Display ON/OFF button ........................................
... 4-5 navigation system..........................................................
... 4-3
Exterior appearance care ......................................
... 7-2
Instrument panel......................................................
... 2-7 Controls, Steering wheel audio controls............... ... 4-64
Interior appearance care .......................................
... 7-4
TM Bulb check/instrument panel ...................................
... 2-12 Coolant
Around view monitor..............................................
... 4-14 Bulb replacement........................................................
... 8-25
Audible reminders .......................................................
... 2-18 Capacities and
Audio operation precautions ....................................
... 4-30 recommended fuel/lubricants...............................
... 9-2
Audio setup ....................................................................
... 4-6 Changing engine coolant......................................
... 8-8
Checking engine coolant level.............................
... 8-8
10-2
10-3
Maintenance requirements....................................
... 8-2 Outside mirrors............................................................
... 3-27 R
Outside the vehicle.................................................
... 8-2 Overdrive OFF switch................................................
... 5-16
Seat belt maintenance........................................
... 1-19 Overheat, If your vehicle overheats ........................
... 6-11 Radio ..............................................................................
... 4-30
Malfunction indicator light (MIL)..............................
... 2-17 Owner’s Manual/Service Manual Car phone or CB radio ......................................
... 4-66
Manual air conditioner................................................
... 4-24 order information .........................................................
... 9-28 FM-AM radio with Compact Disc
Manual front seat adjustment.....................................
... 1-3 (CD) player ............................................................
... 4-41
Map lights .....................................................................
... 2-53 P Steering wheel audio controls............................. 4-64
Master warning light...................................................
... 2-15 Range (distance to empty) .......................................
... 2-27
Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system) ................. ... 3-4 Panic alarm ..........................................................
... 3-8, 3-17 Rapid air pressure loss................................................
... 5-6
Meter, Trip computer..................................................
... 2-25 Parking Readiness for inspection/maintenance
Meters and gauges.......................................................
... 2-4 Brake break-in.......................................................
... 5-27 (I/M) test........................................................................
... 9-27
Instrument brightness control ..............................
... 2-7 Parking brake operation .....................................
... 5-18 Rear center seat belt .................................................
... 1-16
Mirror Parking on hills .....................................................
... 5-25 Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock........... ... 3-6
Inside mirror...........................................................
... 3-25 Phone Rear seats.......................................................................
... 1-6
Outside mirrors.....................................................
... 3-27 Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System ......... ... 4-67 Rear window and outside mirror
Mirror, Vanity mirror ....................................................
... 3-28 Car phone or CB radio ......................................
... 4-66 defroster switch...........................................................
... 2-33
Monitor, Rearview monitor ..........................................
... 4-9 Power Rear window wiper and washer switch ................ ... 2-32
Moonroof .......................................................................
... 2-51 Electric power steering system ........................
... 5-26 Rearview monitor...........................................................
... 4-9
Front seat adjustment ............................................
... 1-3 Recorders, Event data ...............................................
... 9-28
N Power door lock ......................................................
... 3-4 Registering your vehicle in another country........... ... 9-8
Power outlet ..........................................................
... 2-41 Remote keyless entry function, For Intelligent
Navigation setup............................................................
... 4-7 Power windows ....................................................
... 2-49 Key system....................................................................
... 3-16
New vehicle break-in..................................................
... 5-20 Precautions Remote keyless entry system.....................................
... 3-7
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System..................... ... 2-30 Audio operation ....................................................
... 4-30 Reporting safety defects ...........................................
... 9-26
Braking precautions.............................................
... 5-27 Rollover............................................................................
... 5-5
O Child restraints......................................................
... 1-22 Roof
Cruise control........................................................
... 5-19 Moonroof ................................................................
... 2-52
Off-road recovery..........................................................
... 5-6 Driving safety............................................................
... 5-7 Roof rack................................................................
... 2-48
Oil Maintenance .............................................................
... 8-5
Capacities and On-pavement and off-road driving ..................... ... 5-6 S
recommended fuel/lubricants...............................
... 9-2 Seat belt usage ....................................................
... 1-10
Changing engine oil and filter..............................
... 8-9 Supplemental restraint system..........................
... 1-39 Safety
Checking engine oil level......................................
... 8-9 When starting and driving ....................................
... 5-2 Child seat belts ....................................................
... 1-20
Engine oil...................................................................
... 8-9 Push starting ................................................................
... 6-10 Towing safety.........................................................
... 9-20
Engine oil viscosity..................................................
... 9-5 Satellite radio operation ................................
... 4-51, 4-58
Operation, Indicators for operation ........................
... 2-22 Seat adjustment
Outside air temperature ............................................
... 2-20 Folding front passenger’s seat ............................
... 1-5
10-4
10-5
TPMS, Tire pressure warning system...................... ... 6-2 Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system.......... ... 5-29 Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels .........................
... 7-3
Traffic setup....................................................................
... 4-9 Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) warning light...... ... 2-16 Window washer fluid .................................................
... 8-12
Trailer towing................................................................
... 9-16 Ventilators......................................................................
... 4-23 Window(s)
Transceiver, HomeLink® Universal Transceiver.... ... 2-56 Voice command (Bluetooth Hands-Free ®
Cleaning ....................................................................
... 7-3
Transmission Phone System) ............................................................
... 4-73 Power windows ....................................................
... 2-49
Continuously Variable Transmission Windshield wiper and washer switch.................... ... 2-31
(CVT) fluid..............................................................
... 8-11 W Wiper
Driving with CVT (Continuously Rear window wiper and washer switch ......... ... 2-32
Variable Transmission) .............................
... 5-11, 5-13 Warning Rear window wiper blade ..................................
... 8-18
Transmission selector lever lock release........ ... 5-17 Hazard warning flasher switch............................. 2-38 Windshield wiper and washer switch............. ... 2-31
Transmitter (See remote keyless entry system) .... ... 3-7 Lights.......................................................................
... 2-12 Wiper blades.........................................................
... 8-17
Transmitter, With Intelligent Key system Tire pressure monitoring
(See Intelligent Key system).....................................
... 3-16 system (TPMS) ...............................................
... 5-3, 6-2 X
Traveling or registering your vehicle in Warning/indicator lights and
another country..............................................................
... 9-8 audible reminders.................................................
... 2-11 Xenon headlights.........................................................
... 2-34
Trip computer ...............................................................
... 2-25 Warning labels, Air bag warning labels................. ... 1-52 XM setup.........................................................................
... 4-7
Turn signal switch .......................................................
... 2-38 Warning light
Air bag warning light................................
... 1-52, 2-16
U All-wheel drive (AWD) warning light............... ... 2-12
Anti-lock braking system (ABS)
Underbody cleaning .....................................................
... 7-3 warning light ..........................................................
... 2-12
Uniform tire quality grading ......................................
... 9-25 AWD warning light ..............................................
... 5-24
USB memory operation .................................
... 4-53, 4-61 Brake warning light..............................................
... 2-13
Utility hook ....................................................................
... 2-48 Electric power steering warning light ............. ... 2-13
Low fuel warning light.........................................
... 2-14
V Low tire pressure warning light........................ ... 2-14
Seat belt warning light........................................
... 2-16
Vanity mirror..................................................................
... 3-28 Warranty, Emission control system warranty ....... ... 9-26
Vanity mirror lights ......................................................
... 2-55 Washer switch
Vehicle Rear window wiper and washer switch ......... ... 2-32
Dimensions and weights .......................................
... 9-8 Windshield wiper and washer switch............. ... 2-31
Identification number (VIN) ...................................
... 9-8 Washing...........................................................................
... 7-2
Information display ...............................................
... 2-20 Waxing.............................................................................
... 7-2
Loading information .............................................
... 9-12 Weights (See dimensions and weights)................. ... 9-8
Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) .................. ... 6-14 Wheel/tire size...............................................................
... 9-7
Security system ....................................................
... 2-29 Wheels and tires.........................................................
... 8-31
Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch..... ... 2-41 Care of wheels ........................................................
... 7-3
10-6
MEMO
10-7
11 Epilogue
GAS STATION INFORMATION
S35-D-110201-D18CE73C-47CA-4965-9D6A-594E194C1200
FUEL RECOMMENDATION: ENGINES35-D-110201-942C3F30-2B84-4860-ADA6-9725D0B054EC
OIL RECOMMENDATION:
S35-D-110201-8353293D-A4BD-46C0-9633-FAB1DBA2F0B6
Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane . Engine oil with API Certification Mark
rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) . Viscosity SAE 5W-30
number (Research octane number 91). See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubri-
cants” in the “9. Technical and consumer
information” section for engine oil and oil filter
CAUTION recommendation.
fied could adversely affect the emis- The label is typically located on the driver side
sion control systems, and may also center pillar or on the driver’s door. For
affect warranty coverage. additional information, see “Wheels and tires”
in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”
. Under no circumstances should a
section.
leaded gasoline be used, since this
will damage the three way catalyst. NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCE-
. Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. DURES RECOMMENDATION:
GUID-C20D5137-E921-4C3D-8F6D-828773466D4B
Your vehicle is not designed to run During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of
on E-85 fuel. Using E-85 fuel can vehicle use, follow the recommendations out-
damage the fuel system compo- lined in the “Break-in schedule” in the “5.
nents and is not covered by the Starting and driving” section of this Owner’s
NISSAN new vehicle limited war- Manual. Follow these recommendations for the
ranty. future reliability and economy of your new
vehicle.
For additional information, see “Capacities and
recommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Techni-
cal and consumer information” section.